WO2008025170A1 - Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof - Google Patents

Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2008025170A1
WO2008025170A1 PCT/CA2007/001554 CA2007001554W WO2008025170A1 WO 2008025170 A1 WO2008025170 A1 WO 2008025170A1 CA 2007001554 W CA2007001554 W CA 2007001554W WO 2008025170 A1 WO2008025170 A1 WO 2008025170A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
compound
disease
glcnacase
nhch
compounds
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CA2007/001554
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2008025170B1 (en
Inventor
David Vocadlo
Ernest Mceachern
Garrett Whitworth
Matthew Macauley
Julia Heinonen
Keith Stubbs
Tong-Shuang Li
Original Assignee
Simon Fraser University
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Simon Fraser University filed Critical Simon Fraser University
Priority to AU2007291870A priority Critical patent/AU2007291870B2/en
Priority to EP07800577A priority patent/EP2057171A4/en
Priority to JP2009525881A priority patent/JP5380293B2/en
Priority to US12/438,882 priority patent/US8334310B2/en
Priority to CA2661582A priority patent/CA2661582C/en
Publication of WO2008025170A1 publication Critical patent/WO2008025170A1/en
Publication of WO2008025170B1 publication Critical patent/WO2008025170B1/en
Priority to US13/591,927 priority patent/US8962664B2/en

Links

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G01—MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01N—INVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00—Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48—Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/68—Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids
    • G01N33/6803—General methods of protein analysis not limited to specific proteins or families of proteins
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/02—Nasal agents, e.g. decongestants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/04—Antipruritics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A61P21/04—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system for myasthenia gravis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04—Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/08—Antiepileptics; Anticonvulsants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/14—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating abnormal movements, e.g. chorea, dyskinesia
    • A61P25/16—Anti-Parkinson drugs
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/14—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the thyroid hormones, e.g. T3, T4
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D513/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00
    • C07D513/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
    • C07D513/04—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D513/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00
    • C07D513/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing in the condensed system at least one hetero ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for in groups C07D463/00, C07D477/00 or C07D499/00 - C07D507/00 in which the condensed system contains three hetero rings
    • C07D513/14—Ortho-condensed systems
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07F—ACYCLIC, CARBOCYCLIC OR HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS CONTAINING ELEMENTS OTHER THAN CARBON, HYDROGEN, HALOGEN, OXYGEN, NITROGEN, SULFUR, SELENIUM OR TELLURIUM
    • C07F9/00—Compounds containing elements of Groups 5 or 15 of the Periodic Table
    • C07F9/02—Phosphorus compounds
    • C07F9/547—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom
    • C07F9/6561—Heterocyclic compounds, e.g. containing phosphorus as a ring hetero atom containing systems of two or more relevant hetero rings condensed among themselves or condensed with a common carbocyclic ring or ring system, with or without other non-condensed hetero rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H9/00—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing at least two hetero atoms with a saccharide radical
    • C07H9/06—Compounds containing a hetero ring sharing at least two hetero atoms with a saccharide radical the hetero ring containing nitrogen as ring hetero atoms

Definitions

  • This application relates to compounds which selectively inhibit glycosidases and uses thereof.
  • O-GlcNAcase 6 The enzyme responsible for post-translationally linking ⁇ -N-acetylglucosamine (GIcNAc) to specific serine and threonine residues of numerous nucleocytoplasmic proteins is O- GIcNAc transferase (OGTase). 2 5 A second enzyme, known as O-GlcNAcase 6 ' 7 removes this post-translational modification to liberate proteins making the O-GlcNAc-modification a dynamic cycle occurring several times during the lifetime of a protein. 8
  • 14 O-GlcNAc is also found on many structural proteins. 15"17 For example, it has been found on a number of cytoskeletal proteins, including neurofilament proteins, 18 ' 19 synapsins, synapsin-specific clathrin assembly protein AP-3, 7 and ankyrinG. 14 O-GlcNAc modification has been found to be abundant in the brain. ' It has also been found on proteins clearly implicated in the etiology of several diseases including Alzheimer's disease (AD) and cancer.
  • AD Alzheimer's disease
  • AD Alzheimer's disease
  • ALS amyotrophic lateral sclerosis
  • PHFs cytoskeletal protein
  • tau Normally tau stabilizes a key cellular network of microtubules that is essential for distributing proteins and nutrients within neurons.
  • tau becomes hyperphosphorylated, disrupting its normal functions, forming PHFs and ultimately aggregating to form NFTs.
  • Six isoforms of tau are found in the human brain.
  • all six isoforms of tau are found in NFTs, and all are markedly hyperphosphorylated.
  • Tau in healthy brain tissue bears only 2 or 3 phosphate groups, whereas those found in the brains of AD patients bear, on average, 8 phosphate groups.
  • O-GlcNAc is a dynamic modification that can be removed and reinstalled several times during the lifespan of a protein. Suggestively, the gene encoding O- GlcNAcase has been mapped to a chromosomal locus that is linked to AD. 7 ' 42
  • Hyperphosphorylated tau in human AD brains has markedly lower levels of O-GlcNAc than are found in healthy human brains. 21 Very recently, it has been shown that O-GlcNAc levels of soluble tau protein from human brains affected with AD are markedly lower than those from healthy brain. 21 Furthermore, PHF from diseased brain was suggested to lack completely any O-GlcNAc modification whatsoever. 21 The molecular basis of this hypoglycosylation of tau is not known, although it may stem from increased activity of kinases and/or dysfunction of one of the enzymes involved in processing O-GlcNAc.
  • UDP-GIcNAc undine diphosphate- N-acetylglucosamine
  • OGTase recognizes many of its substrates 54 ' 55 and binding partners 41 ' 56 through its tetratricopeptide repeat (TPR) domains. 57 ' 58 As described above, O- GlcNAcase 6 ' 7 removes this post-translational modification to liberate proteins making the O-GlcNAc-modification a dynamic cycle occurring several times during the lifetime of a protein. O-GlcNAc has been found in several proteins on known phosphorylation sites, 10 ' 37 ' 38 ' 59 including tau and neurofilaments. 60 Additionally, OGTase shows unusual kinetic behaviour making it extremelyly sensitive to intracellular UDP-GIcNAc substrate concentrations and therefore glucose supply. 41
  • TPR tetratricopeptide repeat
  • O- glycoprotein 2-acetamido-2-deoxy- ⁇ -D-glucopyranosidase O-GlcNAcase
  • O-GlcNAcase is a member of family 84 of glycoside hydrolases that includes enzymes from organisms as diverse as prokaryotic pathogens to humans (for the family classification of glycoside hydrolases see Coutinho, P.M. & Henrissat, B.
  • O-GlcNAcase acts to hydrolyse 0-GlcNAc off of serine and threonine residues of post-translationally modified proteins. 1 ' 6 ' 7 ' 78 ' 79 Consistent with the presence of O-GlcNAc on many intracellular proteins, the enzyme O- GlcNAcase appears to have a role in the etiology of several diseases including type II diabetes, 14 ' 80 AD, 16 ' 21 ' 81 and cancer.
  • O-GlcNAcase was likely isolated earlier on, 18 ' 19 about 20 years elapsed before its biochemical role in acting to cleave O-GlcNAc from serine and threonine residues of proteins was understood. 6 More recently O- GlcNAcase has been cloned, 7 partially characterized, 20 and suggested to have additional activity as a histone acetyltransferase. 20 However, little was known about the catalytic mechanism of this enzyme.
  • HEXA and HEXB encode enzymes catalyzing the hydrolytic cleavage of terminal ⁇ -N-acetyl glucosamine residues from glycoconjugates.
  • the gene products of HEXA and HEXB predominantly yield two dimeric isozymes, hexosaminidase A and hexosaminidase B, respectively.
  • Hexosaminidase A ( ⁇ ), a heterodimeric isozyme is composed of an ⁇ - and a ⁇ -subunit.
  • Hexosaminidase B ( ⁇ ) a homodimeric isozyme, is composed of two ⁇ -subunits.
  • Both of these enzymes are classified as members of family 20 of glycoside hydrolases and are normally localized within lysosomes.
  • the proper functioning of these lysosomal ⁇ -hexosaminidases is critical for human development, a fact that is underscored by the tragic genetic illnesses, Tay-Sach's and S andhoff diseases which stem from a dysfunction in, respectively, hexosaminidase A and hexosaminidase B.
  • These enzymatic deficiencies cause an accumulation of glycolipids and glycoconjugates in the lysosomes resulting in neurological impairment and deformation. The deleterious effects of accumulation of gangliosides at the organismal level are still being uncovered.
  • STZ has long been used as a diabetogenic compound because it has a particularly detrimental effect on ⁇ -islet cells.
  • 94 STZ exerts its cytotoxic effects through both the alkylation of cellular DNA 94 ' 95 as well as the generation of radical species including nitric oxide.
  • the resulting DNA strand breakage promotes the activation of poly(ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP) 97 with the net effect of depleting cellular NAD+ levels and, ultimately, leading to cell death.
  • PARP poly(ADP-ribose) polymerase
  • NAG-thiazoline has been found to be a potent inhibitor of family 20 hexosaminidases, 88 ' 107 and more recently, the family 84 O-GlcNAcases. 106 Despite its potency, a downside to using NAG-thiazoline in a complex biological context is that it lacks selectivity and therefore perturbs multiple cellular processes. [0019] PUGNAc is another compound that suffers from the same problem of lack of selectivity, yet has enjoyed use as an inhibitor of both human O-GlcNAcase 6 ' 108 and the family 20 human ⁇ -hexosaminidases.
  • the invention provides, in part, compounds for selectively inhibiting glycosidases, prodrugs of the compounds, uses of the compounds and the prodrugs, pharmaceutical compositions including the compounds or prodrugs of the compounds, amd methods of treating diseases and disorders related to deficiency or overexpression of O-GlcNAcase, accumulation or deficiency of O-GlcNAc.
  • the invention provides a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof: [0023]
  • each R 1 is independently a non-interfering substituent
  • R 2 is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OR 4 , NR 4 2 , and NR 4 OR 4 , each of which may be optionally substituted with a non-interfering substituent
  • R 3 is OR 4 , N 3 , or NR 4 2
  • each R 4 is independently a non- interfering substituent, with the proviso that when each R 1 is H and R 3 is OH, R 2 excludes CH 3 , CH 2 CH 3 , (CH 2 ) 2 CH 3 , (CH 2 ) 3 CH 3 , (CH 2 ) 4 CH 3 , (CH 2 ) 5 CH 3 , CH(CH 3 ) 2 , CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , NH(phenyl), NH(4-methoxyphenyl), N(CHj) 2 , (CH 2 ) 2 P(O)(OH)(OCH 3 ), and (CH 2 ) 2 P(O)
  • each R 1 may be connected to form an additional ring structure; or when R 3 is OR 4 , R 4 may be connected to either R 1 to form an additional ring structure.
  • the non-interfering substituent may be alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, or arylalkynyl, or may include one or more heteroatoms selected from P, O, S, and N.
  • the non-interfering substituent may be optionally substituted.
  • R 1 may be H or C(O)CH 3 ;
  • R 3 may be OH, OC(O)CH 3 , N 3 , or NH 2 .
  • the compound may be a compound described in Table 1 ; the compound may exclude one or more of the compounds described in Table 2 or Table 3; the compound may be a prodrug; the compound may selectively inhibit an O-glycoprotein 2- acetamido-2-deoxy- ⁇ -D-glucopyranosidase (O-GlcNAcase); the compound may selectively bind an O-GlcNAcase (e.g., a mammalian O-GlcNAcase); the compound may selectively inhibit the cleavage of a 2-acetamido-2-deoxy- ⁇ -D-glucopyranoside (O-GlcNAc); the compound may not substantially inhibit a mammalian ⁇ -hexosaminidase.
  • O-GlcNAcase O-glycoprotein 2- acetamido-2-deoxy- ⁇ -D-glucopyranosidase
  • O-GlcNAcase O-glycoprotein 2- acetamido-2-deoxy
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition including a compound according to the invention, in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • the invention provides methods of selectively inhibiting an O- GlcNAcase, or of inhibiting an OGIcN Acase in a subject in need thereof, or of increasing the level of O-GlcNAc, or of treating a neurodegenerative disease, a tauopathy, cancer or stress, in a subject in need thereof, by administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
  • each R may be independently a non-interfering substituent;
  • R may be alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OR 4 , NR 4 2 , and NR 4 OR 4 , each of which maybe optionally substituted with a non-interfering substituent;
  • R 3 may be OR 4 , N 3 , or NR 4 2 ; and each R 4 may be independently a non-interfering substituent, with the proviso that when each R 1 is H and R 3 is OH, R 2 excludes CH 2 CH 3 , (CH 2 ) 2 CH 3 , (CH 2 ) 3 CH 3 , (CH 2 ) 4 CH 3 , CH(CH 3 ) 2 , and CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 ; and with the proviso that when each R 1 is COCH 3 and R 3 is OC(O)CH 3 , R 2 excludes CH 2 CH 3 , (CH 2 ) 2 CH 3 , (CH 2 ) 3 CH 3 , (CH 2 ) 4 CH 3
  • the condition may be Alzheimer's disease, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), Amylotrophic lateral sclerosis with cognitive impairment (ALSci), Argyrophilic grain dementia, Bluit disease, Corticobasal degeneration (CBD), Dementia pugilistica, Diffuse neurofibrillary tangles with calcification, Down's syndrome, Familial British dementia, Familial Danish dementia, Frontotemporal dementia with parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17 (FTDP- 17), Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker disease, Guadeloupean parkinsonism, Hallevorden- Spatz disease (neurodegeneration with brain iron accumulation type 1), Multiple system atrophy, Myotonic dystrophy, Niemann-Pick disease (type C), Pallido-ponto-nigral degeneration, Parkinsonism-dementia complex of Guam, Pick's disease (PiD), Postencephalitic parkinsonism (PEP), Prion diseases (including Creutz
  • the stress may be a cardiac disorder, e.g., ischemia; hemorrhage; hypovolemic shock; myocardial infarction; an interventional cardiology procedure; cardiac bypass surgery; fibrinolytic therapy; angioplasty; or stent placement.
  • ischemia e.g., ischemia; hemorrhage; hypovolemic shock; myocardial infarction; an interventional cardiology procedure; cardiac bypass surgery; fibrinolytic therapy; angioplasty; or stent placement.
  • the invention provides a method of treating an O-GlcNAcase- mediated condition that excludes a neurodegenerative disease, a tauopathy, cancer or stress, in a subject in need thereof, by administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
  • each R 1 may be independently a non-interfering substituent
  • R 2 may be alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OR 4 , NR 4 2 , and NR 4 OR 4 , each of which may be optionally substituted with a non-interfering substituent
  • R 3 may be OR 4 , N 3 , or NR 4 2
  • each R 4 may be independently a non-interfering substituent.
  • the condition may be inflammatory or allergic diseases such as asthma, allergic rhinitis, hypersensitivity lung diseases, hypersensitivity pneumonitis, eosinophilic pneumonias, delayed-type hypersensitivity, atherosclerosis, interstitial lung disease (ILD) (e.g., idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, or ILD associated with rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, ankylosing spondylitis, systemic sclerosis, Sjogren's syndrome, polymyositis or dermatomyositis); systemic anaphylaxis or hypersensitivity responses, drug allergies, insect sting allergies; autoimmune diseases, such as rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, multiple sclerosis, systemic lupus erythematosus, myastenia gravis, glomerulonephritis, autoimmune thyroiditis, graft rejection, including allograft rejection or graft-
  • ILD
  • R 1 may be H or C(O)CH 3 ;
  • R 3
  • the invention provides use of a compound of an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
  • each R 1 may be independently a non-interfering substituent
  • R 2 may be alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OR 4 , NR 4 2 , and NR 4 OR 4 , each of which may be optionally substituted with a non-interfering substituent
  • R 3 may be OR 4 , N 3 , or NR 4 2
  • each R 4 may be independently a non-interfering substituent, with the proviso that the compound of Formula (I) excludes the compounds described in Tables 2 and 3, in the preparation of a medicament.
  • the medicament may be for selectively inhibiting an O-GlcNAcase, for increasing the level of O-GlcNAc, for treating a condition modulated by an O-GlcNAcase, for treating a neurodegenerative disease, a tauopathy, a cancer, or stress.
  • the inventio provides a method for screening for a selective inhibitor of an O-GlcNAcase, by a) contacting a first sample with a test compound; b) contacting a second sample with a compound of Formula (I)
  • each R 1 may be independently a non-interfering substituent
  • R 2 may be alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OR 4 , NR 4 2 , and NR 4 OR 4 , each of which may be optionally substituted with a non-interfering substituent
  • R 3 may be OR 4 , N 3 , or NR 4 2
  • each R 4 may be independently a non-interfering substituent
  • FIGURES IA-F show Western blots of proteins from muscle and brain tissue of rats injected with various doses of (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-2-propyl- 5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (NAG-Bt) or vehicle alone (PBS).
  • FIGURES 2A-I show Western blots of proteins from brain tissue of rats treated with or without NAG-Bt showing changes in brain tau phosphorylation at multiple sites following treatment. Equal amounts of homogenized brain tissue from an animal treated with and without NAG-Bt were separated by SDS-PAGE followed by probing with each of the primary antibodies, as indicated, and an appropriate secondary antibody (either an anti- mouse or anti-rabbit IgG-HRP conjugate, as appropriate). The lanes labeled "+” indicate samples from animals receiving NAG-Bt, while lanes labeled "-" indicate samples from animals receiving vehicle alone.
  • FIGURES 3A-B show Western blots of proteins from cardiac tissue of rats injected with 50 mg/kg of NAG-AE or vehicle alone (PBS) and sacrificed at various lengths of time following injection. Equal amounts of homogenized cardiac tissue from animals treated with NAG-AE for the indicated lengths of time were separated by SDS-PAGE followed by probing with the primary ⁇ -O-GlcNAc antibody and an anti-IgM-mouse IgG-HRP conjugate (A).
  • Figure 3B shows a Western blot of samples loaded in Figure 3 A and probed using an anti- ⁇ -actin mAb clone AC-40 followed by an anti-mouse IgG-HRP conjugate.
  • FIGURES 4A-H show stained hippocampus brain tissue sections collected from P301L JNPL3 mice, a transgenic model that develops hyperphosphorylated tau protein and NFTs.
  • Group E are wild-type control mice that received vehicle alone;
  • Group A are transgenic mice that received vehicle alone;
  • Group B are transgenic mice that received 100 mg/kg/day NAG-Bt orally for 16 weeks, then 1000 mg/kg/day NAG-Bt orally for 16 weeks;
  • Group D are transgenic mice that received 500 mg/kg/day NAG-AE orally for 16 weeks; all mice were 42-44 weeks of age at the time of sacrifice.
  • Panels on the right show sections stained with anti-OGlcNAc antibody (a marker for protein O-GlcNAc levels), while panels on the left ( Figures A-D) show sections stained with anti-phospho Tau-Ser404 antibody (a marker for levels of tau phosphorylation and NFT formation).
  • Animals receiving either NAG-Bt or NAG-AE shown elevated protein O-GlcNAc levels and significantly decreased formation of hyperphosphorylated tau and NFTs when compared to the untreated transgenic group (Group A).
  • the boxed area in each panel indicates similar regions from each brain section in the transgenic animals, highlighted for comparative purposes.
  • FIGURES 5A-D show long-term effects of oral dosing (100 mg/kg/day) of Sprague-Dawley rats with NAG-Bt on weight (A), food consumption (B), water consumption (C), and blood glucose levels (D) determined over four months. Data for eight control rats (squares) versus eight dosed rats (circles) are plotted on all graphs; no significant differences were noted.
  • FIGURE 6 is a bar graph showing results for organ weight measurements (brain, liver, pancreas, spleen, heart, fat, muscle) on rats dosed orally with NAG-Bt for 8 months at 100 mg/kg/day versus controls. Measurements were made on 6 rats per group, which were averaged. No significant differences were observed.
  • FIGURES 7A-G show Western blots of proteins from brain tissue of rats treated orally with NAG-AE (200 mg/kg/day in drinking water) or with vehicle alone (normal drinking water, 0 mg/kg/day), showing decreases in brain tau phosphorylation at multiple sites following treatment, as well as global increases in protein O-GlcNAc levels. Equal amounts of homogenized brain tissue from animals treated with and without NAG-AE (3 animals each) were separated by SDS-PAGE followed by probing with each of the primary antibodies and an appropriate secondary antibody.
  • Figure 7A shows the Western blot of samples probed with Tau-5 (a phospho-independent tau antibody), and demonstrates equal loading of tau protein.
  • Figures 7B-D show Western blots of the same samples probed with specific anti-phospho-tau antibodies, while Figure 7E shows analysis of the Western blot results by densitometry.
  • Figure 7F shows a Western blot of whole brain lysates from these animals probed with the primary ⁇ -O-GlcNAc antibody, showing increases the global levels of O-GlcNAc in the brains of animals receiving NAG-AE.
  • Figure 7G shows the same samples as in Figure 7F, probed using an anti- ⁇ -actin antibody and demonstrates equal sample loading.
  • the invention provides, in part, novel compounds that are capable of inhibiting an O-glycoprotein 2-acetamido-2-deoxy- ⁇ -D-glucopyranosidase (O-GlcNAcase).
  • O-GlcNAcase is a mammalian O-GlcNAcase, such as a rat, mouse or human O-GlcNAcase.
  • ⁇ -hexosaminidase is a mammalian ⁇ - hexosaminidase, such as a rat, mouse or human ⁇ -hexosaminidase.
  • compounds according to the invention exhibit a surprising and unexpected selectivity in inhibiting an O-GlcNAcase.
  • the compounds according to the invention are surprisingly effective inhibitors of an O-GlcNAcase.
  • the compounds according to the invention are surprisingly more selective for an O-GlcNAcase over a ⁇ - hexosaminidase.
  • the compounds selectively inhibit the activity of a mammalian O-GlcNAcase over a mammalian ⁇ -hexosaminidase.
  • a selective inhibitor of an O-GlcNAcase does not substantially inhibit a ⁇ -hexosaminidase.
  • a compound that "selectively" inhibits an O-GlcNAcase is a compound that inhibits the activity or biological function of an O-GlcNAcase, but does not substantially inhibit the activity or biological function of a ⁇ -hexosaminidase.
  • a selective inhibitor of an O-GlcNAcase selectively inhibits the cleavage of 2-acetamido-2- deoxy- ⁇ -D-glucopyranoside (O-GlcNAc) from polypeptides.
  • a selective inhibitor of an O-GlcNAcase selectively binds to an O-GlcNAcase. In some embodiments, a selective inhibitor of an O-GlcNAcase inhibits hyperphosphorylation of a tau protein and/or inhibits formations of NFTs.
  • inhibitors means a decrease by any value between 10% and 90%, or of any integer value between 30% and 60%, or over 100%, or a decrease by 1-fold, 2-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold or more.
  • a selective inhibitor of an O-GlcNAcase elevates or enhances O-GlcNAc levels e.g., O- GlcNAc-modified polypeptide or protein levels, in cells, tissues, or organs (e.g., in brain, muscle, or heart (cardiac) tissue) and in animals.
  • O-GlcNAc levels e.g., O- GlcNAc-modified polypeptide or protein levels
  • O-GlcNAc-modified polypeptide or protein levels in cells, tissues, or organs (e.g., in brain, muscle, or heart (cardiac) tissue) and in animals.
  • elevating or “enhancing” is meant an increase by any value between 10% and 90%, or of any integer value between 30% and 60%, or over 100%, or an increase by 1-fold, 2-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold, 15-fold, 25-fold, 50- fold, 100-fold or more.
  • a selective inhibitor of an O-GlcNAcase exhibits a selectivity ratio, as described herein, in the range 100 to 100000, or in the range 1000 to 100000, or at least 100, 200, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, 6000, 7000, 10,000, 25,000, 50,000, 75,000, or any value within or about the described range.
  • the compounds of the present invention elevate O-GlcNAc levels on O-GlcNAc- modified polypeptides or proteins in vivo specifically via interaction with an O-GlcNAcase enzyme, and are effective in treating conditions which require or respond to inhibition of O- GlcNAcase activity.
  • the compounds of the present invention are useful as agents that produce a decrease in tau phosphorylation and NFT formation. In some embodiments, the compounds are therefore useful to treat Alzheimer's disease and related tauopathies. In some embodiments, the compounds are thus capable of treating Alzheimer's disease and related tauopathies by lowering tau phosphorylation and reducing NFT formation as a result of increasing tau O-GlcNAc levels. In some embodiments, the compounds produce an increase in levels of O-GlcNAc modification on O-GlcNAc-modified polypeptides or proteins, and are therefore useful for treatment of disorders responsive to such increases in O-GlcNAc modification; these disorders include without limitation neurodegenerative, inflammatory, cardiovascular, and immunoregulatory diseases.
  • the compounds are also useful as a result of other biological activites related to their ability to inhibit the activity of glycosidase enzymes.
  • the compounds of the invention are valuable tools in studying the physiological role of O-GlcNAc at the cellular and organismal level.
  • the invention provides methods of enhancing or elevating levels of protein O-GlcNAc modification in animal subjects, such as, veterinary and human subjects. In alternative embodiments, the invention provides methods of selectively inhibiting an O-GlcNAcase enzyme in animal subjects, such as, veterinary and human subjects. In alternative embodiments, the invention provides methods of inhibiting phosphorylation of tau polypeptides, or inhibiting formation of NFTs, in animal subjects, such as, veterinary and human subjects.
  • the invention provides compounds described generally by Formula (I) and the salts, prodrugs, and stereoisomeric forms thereof:
  • each R 1 can be independently a non-interfering substituent
  • R 2 can be alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OR 4 , NR 4 2 , or NR 4 OR 4 , each of which may be optionally substituted with a non-interfering substituent, and where each R 4 may be independently a non-interfering substituent
  • R 3 can be OR 4 , N 3 , or NR 4 2 , where each R 4 may be independently a non-interfering substituent.
  • each R 1 may be connected to form an additional ring structure.
  • the OR 4 group may be connected to either R 1 to form an additional ring structure.
  • each optionally substituted moiety may be substituted with one or more non-interfering substituents.
  • R 5 may be alkyl, branched alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl.
  • R 1 as set forth in Formula (I), may be either hydrogen or a substituent that includes 1 -20 atoms that are other than hydrogen.
  • R 1 may be H, alkyl, or C(O)R 5 , where R 5 may be alkyl, branched alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl.
  • R 1 may be H or C(O)CH 3 .
  • R 2 as set forth in Formula (I), may be optionally substituted alkyl, OR, NR 2 , or NR 6 OR 6 , where R 6 may be H, alkyl, branched alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl.
  • R 3 as set forth in Formula (I), maybe OR, N 3 , or NR 7 2 , where R 7 may be H, alkyl, branched alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R 3 maybe OH, OC(O)CH 3 , N 3 , Or NH 2 .
  • compounds according to Formula (I) include one or more of the compounds described in Table 1.
  • compounds according to Formula (I) include one or more of the compounds described in Table 2. Table 2.
  • compounds according to Formula (I) include one or more of the compounds described in Table 3.
  • one or more of the compounds described in Tables 1, 2 or 3 are specifically excluded from the compounds described in Formula (I).
  • specific stereoisomers or enantiomers of one or more of the compounds described in Tables 1, 2 or 3 are specifically excluded from the compounds described in Formula (I).
  • specific precursors of one or more of the compounds described in Tables 1, 2 or 3 are specifically excluded from the compounds described in Formula (I).
  • R 2 is not CH 3 , CH 2 CH 3 , (CH 2 ) 2 CH 3 , (CH 2 ) 3 CH 3 , (CH 2 ) 4 CH 3 , (CHa) 6 CH 3 , CH(CH 3 ) 2 , CH 2 CH(CH 3 ) 2 , NH(phenyl), NH(4-methoxyphenyl), N(CH 3 ) 2 , (CH 2 ) 2 P(O)(OH)(OCH 3 ), or (CH 2 ) 2 P(O)(OHXO(CH 2 ) 7 CH 3 ).
  • R 2 excludes CH 3 , CH 2 CH 3 , (CH 2 ) 2 CH 3 , (CH 2 ) 3 CH 3 , (CH 2 ) 4 CH 3 , (CH 2 ) 6 CH 3 , CH(CH 3 ) 2 , CH 2 CH(CHs) 2 , NH(phenyl), NH(4-methoxyphenyl), N(CH 3 ) 2 , (CH 2 ) 2 P(O)(OH)(OCH 3 ), and (CH 2 ) 2 P(O)(OH)(O(CH 2 ) 7 CH 3 ), NHCH 3 , NH(CH 2 ) 2 CH 3 , NHCH(CH 3 ) 2 , NH(CH 2 ) 3 CH 3 , NH(cyclohexyl), NH(benzyl), CH 2 Br, CHBr 2 , CH 2 P(O)(OCH 2 CH
  • a compound refers to one or more of such compounds
  • the enzyme includes a particular enzyme as well as other family members and equivalents thereof as known to those skilled in the art.
  • compound refers to the compounds discussed herein and includes precursors and derivatives of the compounds, including acyl-protected derivatives, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds, precursors, and derivatives.
  • the invention also includes prodrugs of the compounds, pharmaceutical compositions including the compounds and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and pharmaceutical compositions including prodrugs of the compounds and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • all of the compounds of the invention contain at least one chiral center.
  • the formulations, preparation, and compositions including compounds according to the invention include mixtures of stereoisomers, individual stereoisomers, and enantiomeric mixtures, and mixtures of multiple stereoisomers.
  • the compound may be supplied in any desired degree of chiral purity.
  • a "non-interfering substituent” is a substituent whose presence does not destroy the ability of the compound of Formula (I) to modulate the activity of the O- GlcNAcase enzyme. Specifically, the presence of the substituent does not destroy the effectiveness of the compound as a modulator of the activity of the O-GlcNAcase enzyme.
  • the substituents may include, in addition to the substituents listed above, halo, OOCR, NROCR, where R is H or a substituent set forth above.
  • Alkyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain group consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, containing no unsaturation and including, for example, from one to ten carbon atoms, and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, the alkyl group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents as described herein. Unless stated otherwise specifically herein, it is understood that the substitution can occur on any carbon of the alkyl group.
  • alkenyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain group consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, containing at least one double bond and including, for example, from two to ten carbon atoms, and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond or a double bond. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, the alkenyl group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents as described herein. Unless stated otherwise specifically herein, it is understood that the substitution can occur on any carbon of the alkenyl group.
  • Alkynyl refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain group consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, containing at least one triple bond and including, for example, from two to ten carbon atoms. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, the alkenyl group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents as described herein.
  • Aryl refers to a phenyl or naphthyl group, including for example, 5-12 members. Unless stated otherwise specifically herein, the term “aryl” is meant to include aryl groups optionally substituted by one or more substituents as described herein.
  • Arylalkyl refers to a group of the formula -R a Rb where R 3 is an alkyl group as described herein and R b is one or more aryl moieties as described herein.
  • the aryl group(s) may be optionally substituted as described herein.
  • Arylalkenyl refers to a group of the formula -R 0 R b where R 0 is an alkenyl moiety as described herein and R b is one or more aryl groups as described herein.
  • the aryl group(s) and the alkenyl group may be optionally substituted as described herein.
  • Acyl refers to a group of the formula -C(O)R 3 , where R 3 is an alkyl group as described herein.
  • the alkyl group(s) may be optionally substituted as described herein.
  • Arylacyl refers to a group of the formula -C(O)R b , where R b is an aryl group as described herein.
  • the aryl group(s) may be optionally substituted as described herein.
  • Cycloalkyl refers to a stable monovalent monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic hydrocarbon group consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, having for example from 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and which is saturated and attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond. Unless otherwise stated specifically herein, the term “cycloalkyl” is meant to include cycloalkyl groups which are optionally substituted as described herein.
  • ring structure is meant a cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or any cyclic structure that may be optionally substituted.
  • Optional or “optionally” means that the subsequently described event of circumstances may or may not occur, and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances in which it does not.
  • optionally substituted alkyl means that the alkyl group may or may not be substituted and that the description includes both substituted alkyl groups and alkyl groups having no substitution. Examples of optionally substituted alkyl groups include, without limitation, methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc.
  • optionally substituted alkyl and alkenyl groups include Ci -6 alkyls or alkenyls.
  • Halo refers to bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, etc.
  • suitable halogens include fluorine or chlorine.
  • An amino group may also be substituted once or twice (to form a secondary or tertiary amine) with a group such as an optionally substituted alkyl group including Ci-ioalkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl propyl etc.); an optionally substituted alkenyl group such as allyl, crotyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-hexenyl, etc., or an optionally substituted cycloalkyl group such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, etc.
  • a group such as an optionally substituted alkyl group including Ci-ioalkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl propyl etc.); an optionally substituted alkenyl
  • C 1-6 alkyl, alkenyl and cycloalkyl are preferred.
  • the amine group may also be optionally substituted with an aromatic or heterocyclic group, aralkyl (e.g., phenylCi -4 alkyl) or heteroalkyl for example, phenyl, pyridine, phenylmethyl (benzyl), phenethyl, pyridinylmethyl, pyridinylethyl, etc.
  • the heterocyclic group may be a 5 or 6 membered ring containing 1 -4 heteroatoms.
  • An amino group may be substituted with an optionally substituted C 2-4 alkanoyl, e.g., acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl etc., or a (e.g., methanesulfonyl, ethanesulfonyl, etc.) or a carbonyl or sulfonyl substituted aromatic or heterocyclic ring, e.g., benzenesulfonyl, benzoyl, pyridinesulfonyl, pyridinecarbonyl etc.
  • the heterocycles are as described herein.
  • optionally substituted carbonyl groups, or sulfonyl groups include optionally substituted forms of such groups formed from various hydrocarbyls such as alkyl, alkenyl and 5- to 6-membered monocyclic aromatic group (e.g., phenyl, pyridyl, etc.), as described herein.
  • Therapeutic Indications include optionally substituted forms of such groups formed from various hydrocarbyls such as alkyl, alkenyl and 5- to 6-membered monocyclic aromatic group (e.g., phenyl, pyridyl, etc.), as described herein.
  • the invention provides methods of treating conditions that are modulated, directly or indirectly, by an O-GlcNAcase enzyme or by O-GlcNAc-modified protein levels, for example, a condition that is benefited by inhibition of an O-GlcNAcase enzyme or by an elevation of O-GlcNAc-modified protein levels.
  • Such conditions include, without limitation, tauopathies, such as Alzheimer's disease, neurodegenerative diseases, cardiovascular diseases, diseases associated with inflammation, diseases associated with immunosuppression and cancers.
  • the compounds of the invention are also useful in the treatment of diseases or disorders related to deficiency or over-expression of O-GlcNAcase or accumulation or depletion of O-GlcNAc, or any disease or disorder responsive to glycosidase inhibition therapy.
  • Such diseases and disorders include, but are not limited to, neurodegenerative disorders, such as Alzheimer's disease (AD), and cancer. Such diseases and disorders may also include diseases or disorders related to the accumulation or deficiency in the enzyme OGTase. Also included is a method of protecting or treating target cells expressing proteins that are modified by O-GlcNAc residues, the dysregulation of which modification results in disease or pathology.
  • the term "treating" as used herein includes treatment, prevention, and amelioration.
  • the invention provides methods of enhancing or elevating levels of protein O-GlcNAc modification in animal subjects, such as, veterinary and human subjects.
  • This elevation of O-GlcNAc levels can be useful for the prevention or treatment of Alzheimer's disease; prevention or treatment of other neurodegenerative diseases (e.g. Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease); providing neuroprotective effects; preventing damage to cardiac tissue; and treating diseases associated with inflammation or immunosuppression.
  • neurodegenerative diseases e.g. Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease
  • the invention provides methods of selectively inhibiting an O-GlcNAcase enzyme in animal subjects, such as veterinary and human subjects.
  • the invention provides methods of inhibiting phosphorylation of tau polypeptides, or inhibiting formation of NFTs, in animal subjects, such as, veterinary and human subjects. Accordingly, the compounds of the invention may be used to study and treat AD and other tauopathies.
  • the methods of the invention are effected by administering a compound according to the invention to a subject in need thereof, or by contacting a cell or a sample with a compound according to the invention, for example, a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to Formula (I). More particularly, they are useful in the treatment of a disorder in which the regulation of O-GlcNAc protein modification is implicated, or any condition as described herein.
  • Disease states of interest include Alzheimer's disease (AD) and related neurodegenerative tauopathies, in which abnormal hyperphosphorylation of the microtubule-associated protein tau is involved in disease pathogenesis.
  • the compounds may be used to block hyperphosphorylation of tau by maintaining elevated levels of O-GlcNAc on tau, thereby providing therapeutic benefit.
  • Tauopathies that may be treated with the compounds of the invention include: Alzheimer's disease, Amylotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), Amylotrophic lateral sclerosis with cognitive impairment (ALSci), Argyrophilic grain dementia, Bluit disease, Corticobasal degeneration (CBD), Dementia pugilistica, Diffuse neurofibrillary tangles with calcification, Down's syndrome, Familial British dementia, Familial Danish dementia, Frontotemporal dementia with parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17 (FTDP- 17), Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker disease, Guadeloupean parkinsonism, Hallevorden-Spatz disease (neurodegeneration with brain iron accumulation type 1), Multiple system atrophy, Myotonic dystrophy, Niemann-Pick disease (type C), Pallido-ponto-nigral degeneration, Parkinsonism-dementia complex of Guam, Pick's disease (PiD), Postencephalitic
  • the compounds of this invention are also useful in the treatment of conditions associate with tissue damage or stress, stimulating cells, or promoting differentiation of cells. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the compounds of this invention may be used to provide therapeutic benefit in a variety of conditions or medical procedures involving stress in cardiac tissue, including but not limited to: ischemia; hemorrhage; hypovolemic shock; myocardial infarction; an interventional cardiology procedure; cardiac bypass surgery; fibrinolytic therapy; angioplasty; and stent placement.
  • Compounds that selectively inhibit O-GlcNAcase activity may be used for the treatment of diseases that are associated with inflammation, including but not limited to, inflammatory or allergic diseases such as asthma, allergic rhinitis, hypersensitivity lung diseases, hypersensitivity pneumonitis, eosinophilic pneumonias, delayed-type hypersensitivity, atherosclerosis, interstitial lung disease (ILD) (e.g., idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, or ILD associated with rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, ankylosing spondylitis, systemic sclerosis, Sjogren's syndrome, polymyositis or dermatomyositis); systemic anaphylaxis or hypersensitivity responses, drug allergies, insect sting allergies; autoimmune diseases, such as rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, multiple sclerosis, systemic lupus erythematosus, myastenia gravis,
  • compounds that affects levels of protein O-GlcNAc modification may be used for the treatment of diseases associated with immunosuppression, such as in individuals undergoing chemotherapy, radiation therapy, enhanced wound healing and burn treatment, therapy for autoimmune disease or other drug therapy (e.g., corticosteroid therapy) or combination of conventional drugs used in the treatment of autoimmune diseases and graft/transplantation rejection, which causes immunosuppression; or immunosuppression due to congenital deficiency in receptor function or other causes.
  • diseases associated with immunosuppression such as in individuals undergoing chemotherapy, radiation therapy, enhanced wound healing and burn treatment, therapy for autoimmune disease or other drug therapy (e.g., corticosteroid therapy) or combination of conventional drugs used in the treatment of autoimmune diseases and graft/transplantation rejection, which causes immunosuppression; or immunosuppression due to congenital deficiency in receptor function or other causes.
  • the compounds of the invention may be useful for treatment of neurodegenerative diseases, including Parkinson's disease and Huntington's disease.
  • Other conditions that may be treated are those triggered, affected, or in any other way correlated with levels of O- GIcNAc post-translational protein modification.
  • the compounds of this invention may be useful for the treatment of such conditions and in particular, but not limited to, the following for which a association with O-GlcNAc levels on proteins has been established: graft rejection, in particular but not limited to solid organ transplants, such as heart, lung, liver, kidney, and pancreas transplants (e.g.
  • kidney and lung allografts cancer, in particular but not limited to cancer of the breast, lung, prostate, pancreas, colon, rectum, bladder, kidney, ovary; as well as non-Hodgkin's lymphoma and melanoma; epilepsy, pain, or stroke, e.g., for neuroprotection following a stroke.
  • compositions including compounds according to the invention, or for use according to the invention are contemplated as being within the scope of the invention.
  • pharmaceutical compositions including an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) are provided.
  • the compounds of formula (I) and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, solvates, and derivatives are useful because they have pharmacological activity in animals, including humans.
  • the compounds according to the invention are stable in plasma, when administered to a subject.
  • compounds according to the invention, or for use according to the invention may be provided in combination with any other active agents or pharmaceutical compositions where such combined therapy is useful to modulate O- GlcNAcase activity, for example, to treat neurodegenerative, inflammatory, cardiovascular, or immunoregulatory diseases, or any condition described herein.
  • compounds according to the invention, or for use according to the invention may be provided in combination with one or more agents useful in the prevention or treatment of Alzheimer's disease. Examples of such agents include, without limitation, • acetylcholine esterase inhibitors (AChEIs) such as Aricept® (Donepezil), Exelon®
  • NMDA receptor antagonists such as Namenda® (Axura®, Akatinol®, Ebixa®, Memantine), Dimebon, SGS-742, Neramexane, Debio-9902 SR (ZT-I SR), etc.;
  • gamma-secretase inhibitors and/or modulators such as FlurizanTM (Tarenflurbil, MPC-7869, R-flurbiprofen), LY450139, MK 0752, E2101, BMS-289948, BMS- 299897, BMS-433796, LY-411575, etc.;
  • beta-secretase inhibitors such as ATG-Zl, etc.
  • alpha-secretase activators such as NGX267, etc;
  • amyloid- ⁇ aggregation and/or fibrillization inhibitors such as AlzhemedTM (3APS, Tramiprosate, 3-amino-l- ⁇ ro ⁇ anesulfonic acid), AL-108, AL-208, AZD-103, PBT2, Cereact, ONO-2506PO, PPI-558, etc.;
  • tau aggregation inhibitors such as methylene blue, etc.
  • microtubule stabilizers such as AL- 108, AL-208, paclitaxel, etc.
  • RAGE inhibitors such as TTP488, etc.
  • 5 -HTl a receptor antagonists such as Xaliproden, Lecozotan, etc.
  • 5-HT4 receptor antagonists such as PRX-03410, etc.
  • kinase inhibitors such as SRN-003-556, amfurindamide, LiCl, AZD1080, NP031112, SAR-502250, etc.
  • humanized monoclonal anti-A ⁇ antibodies such as Bapineuzumab (AAB-001), LY2062430, RN1219, ACU-5A5, etc.;
  • amyloid vaccines such as AN- 1792, ACC-001
  • neuroprotective agents such as Cerebrolysin, AL-108, AL-208, Huperzine A, etc.
  • L-type calcium channel antagonists such as MEM- 1003, etc.
  • nicotinic receptor antagonists such as AZD3480, GTS-21, etc.
  • nicotinic receptor agonists such as MEM 3454, Nefiracetam, etc.
  • peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) gamma agonists such as Avandia® (Rosglitazone), etc.
  • PDE4 inhibitors such as MK-0952, etc.
  • hormone replacement therapy such as estrogen (Premarin), etc.
  • monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitors such as NS2330, Rasagiline (Azilect®),
  • AMPA receptor modulators such as Ampalex (CX 516), etc.
  • nerve growth factors or NGF potentiators such as CERE-110 (AAV-NGF), T-588, T-817MA, etc; • agents that prevent the release of luteinizing hormone (LH) by the pituitary gland, such as leuoprolide (VP-4896), etc.;
  • GABA receptor modulators such as AC-3933, NGD 97-1 , CP-457920, etc.;
  • benzodiazepine receptor inverse agonists such as SB-737552 (S-8510), AC-3933, etc.; • noradrenaline-releasing agents such as T-588, T-817MA, etc.
  • combination of compounds according to the invention, or for use according to the invention, with Alzheimer's agents is not limited to the examples described herein, but includes combination with any agent useful for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease.
  • Combination of compounds according to the invention, or for use according to the invention, and other Alzheimer's agents may be administered separately or in conjunction.
  • the administration of one agent may be prior to, concurrent to, or subsequent to the administration of other agent(s).
  • the compounds may be supplied as "prodrugs" or protected forms, which release the compound after administration to a subject.
  • the compound may carry a protective group which is split off by hydrolysis in body fluids, e.g., in the bloodstream, thus releasing the active compound or is oxidized or reduced in body fluids to release the compound.
  • a “prodrug” is meant to indicate a compound that may be converted under physiological conditions or by solvolysis to a biologically active compound of the invention.
  • the term “prodrug” refers to a metabolic precursor of a compound of the invention that is pharmaceutically acceptable.
  • a prodrug may be inactive when administered to a subject in need thereof, but is converted in vivo to an active compound of the invention.
  • Prodrugs are typically rapidly transformed in vivo to yield the parent compound of the invention, for example, by hydrolysis in blood.
  • the prodrug compound often offers advantages of solubility, tissue compatibility or delayed release in a subject.
  • prodrug is also meant to include any covalently bonded carriers which release the active compound of the invention in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a subj ect.
  • Prodrugs of a compound of the invention may be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compound of the invention in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compound of the invention.
  • Prodrugs include compounds of the invention wherein a hydroxy, amino or mercapto group is bonded to any group that, when the prodrug of the compound of the invention is administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxy, free amino or free mercapto group, respectively.
  • Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and acetamide, formamide, andbenzamide derivatives of amine functional groups in the compounds of the invention and the like.
  • Suitable prodrug forms of the compounds of the invention include embodiments in which R 1 is C(O)R and R 3 is OC(O)R, where R is optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl. In these cases the ester groups may be hydrolyzed in vivo (e.g. in bodily fluids), releasing the active compounds in which R 1 is H and R 3 is OH.
  • Preferred prodrug embodiments of the invention are the compounds of Formula (I) where R 1 is C(O)CH 3 and R 3 is OC(O)CH 3 .
  • Compounds according to the invention, or for use according to the invention can be provided alone or in combination with other compounds in the presence of a liposome, an adjuvant, or any pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient, in a form suitable for administration to a subject such as a mammal, for example, humans, cattle, sheep, etc. If desired, treatment with a compound according to the invention may be combined with more traditional and existing therapies for the therapeutic indications described herein.
  • Compounds according to the invention may be provided chronically or intermittently. "Chronic" administration refers to administration of the compound(s) in a continuous mode as opposed to an acute mode, so as to maintain the initial therapeutic effect (activity) for an extended period of time.
  • Intermittent administration is treatment that is not consecutively done without interruption, but rather is cyclic in nature.
  • administration should be understood to mean providing a compound of the invention to the subject in need of treatment.
  • “Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient” includes without limitation any adjuvant, carrier, excipient, glidant, sweetening agent, diluent, preservative, dye/colorant, flavor enhancer, surfactant, wetting agent, dispersing agent, suspending agent, stabilizer, isotonic agent, solvent, or emulsifier that has been approved, for example, by the United States Food and Drug Administration or other governmental agency as being acceptable for use in humans or domestic animals.
  • compositions in accordance with this invention may comprise a salt of such a compound, preferably a physiologically acceptable salt, which are known in the art.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salt means an active ingredient comprising compounds of Formula 1 used in the form of a salt thereof, particularly where the salt form confers on the active ingredient improved pharmacokinetic properties as compared to the free form of the active ingredient or other previously disclosed salt form.
  • a “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” includes both acid and base addition salts.
  • a “pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt” refers to those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free bases, which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable, and which are formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid and the like, and organic acids such as acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like.
  • a "pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salt” refers to those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free acids, which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable. These salts are prepared from addition of an inorganic base or an organic base to the free acid. Salts derived from inorganic bases include, but are not limited to, the sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum salts and the like. Preferred inorganic salts are the ammonium, sodium, potassium, calcium, and magnesium salts.
  • Salts derived from organic bases include, but are not limited to, salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines and basic ion exchange resins, such as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, ethanolamine, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, 2-diethylaminoethanol, dicyclohexylamine, lysine, arginine, histidine, caffeine, procaine, hydrabamine, choline, betaine, ethylenediamine, glucosamine,methylglucamine, theobromine, purines, piperazine, piperidine, N-ethylpiperidine, polyamine resins and the like.
  • Particularly preferred organic bases are isopropylamine, diethylamine, ethanolamine, trimethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, choline and caffeine.
  • the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt” encompasses all acceptable salts including but not limited to acetate, lactobionate, benzenesulfonate, laurate, benzoate, malate, bicarbonate, maleate, bisulfate, mandelate, bitartarate, mesylate, borate, methylbromide, bromide, methylnitrite, calcium edetate, methylsulfate, camsylate, mucate, carbonate, napsylate, chloride, nitrate, clavulanate, N-methylglucamine, citrate, ammonium salt, dihydrochloride, oleate, edetate, oxalate, edisylate, pamoate (embonate), estolate, palmitate, esylate, pantothenate, fumarate, phosphate/diphosphate, gluceptate, polygalacturonate, gluconate, salicylate, glut
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of the present invention can be used as a dosage for modifying solubility or hydrolysis characteristics, or can be used in sustained release or prodrug formulations.
  • pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this invention may include those formed from cations such as sodium, potassium, aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, zinc, and from bases such as ammonia, ethylenediamine, N-methyl-glutamine, lysine, arginine, ornithine, choline, N,N'-dibenzylethylene-diamine, chloroprocaine, diethanolamine, procaine, N-benzylphenethyl-amine, diethylamine, piperazine, tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane, and tetramethylammonium hydroxide.
  • compositions will typically include one or more carriers acceptable for the mode of administration of the preparation, be it by injection, inhalation, topical administration, lavage, or other modes suitable for the selected treatment.
  • Suitable carriers are those known in the art for use in such modes of administration.
  • Suitable pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated by means known in the art and their mode of administration and dose determined by the skilled practitioner.
  • a compound may be dissolved in sterile water or saline or a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle used for administration of non- water soluble compounds such as those used for vitamin K.
  • the compound may be administered in a tablet, capsule or dissolved in liquid form.
  • the table or capsule may be enteric coated, or in a formulation for sustained release.
  • Many suitable formulations are known, including, polymeric or protein microparticles encapsulating a compound to be released, ointments, gels, hydrogels, or solutions which can be used topically or locally to administer a compound.
  • a sustained release patch or implant may be employed to provide release over a prolonged period of time.
  • Many techniques known to skilled practitioners are described in Remington: the Science & Practice of Pharmacy by Alfonso Gennaro, 20 th ed., Williams & Wilkins, (2000).
  • Formulations for parenteral administration may, for example, contain excipients, polyalkylene glycols such as polyethylene glycol, oils of vegetable origin, or hydrogenated naphthalenes.
  • Biocompatible, biodegradable lactide polymer, lactide/glycolide copolymer, or polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene copolymers may be used to control the release of the compounds.
  • parenteral delivery systems for modulatory compounds include ethylene- vinyl acetate copolymer particles, osmotic pumps, implantable infusion systems, and liposomes.
  • Formulations for inhalation may contain excipients, for example, lactose, or may be aqueous solutions containing, for example, polyoxyethylene-9-lauryl ether, glycocholate and deoxycholate, or may be oily solutions for administration in the form of nasal drops, or as a gel.
  • the compounds or pharmaceutical compositions according to the present invention may be administered by oral or non-oral, e.g., intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, intracisternal injection or infusion, subcutaneous injection, transdermal or transmucosal routes.
  • compounds or pharmaceutical compositions in accordance with this invention or for use in this invention may be administered by means of a medical device or appliance such as an implant, graft, prosthesis, stent, etc.
  • Implants may be devised which are intended to contain and release such compounds or compositions.
  • An example would be an implant made of a polymeric material adapted to release the compound over a period of time.
  • the compounds may be administered alone or as a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier e.g., as solid formulations such as tablets, capsules, granules, powders, etc.; liquid formulations such as syrups, injections, etc.; injections, drops, suppositories, pessaryies.
  • compounds or pharmaceutical compositions in accordance with this invention or for use in this invention may be administered by inhalation spray, nasal, vaginal, rectal, sublingual, or topical routes and may be formulated, alone or together, in suitable dosage unit formulations containing conventional non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants and vehicles appropriate for each route of administration.
  • the compounds of the invention may be used to treat animals, including mice, rats, horses, cattle, sheep, dogs, cats, and monkeys. However, compounds of the invention can also be used in other organisms, such as avian species (e.g., chickens). The compounds of the invention may also be effective for use in humans.
  • the term "subject” or alternatively referred to herein as "patient” is intended to be referred to an animal, preferably a mammal, most preferably a human, who has been the object of treatment, observation or experiment. However, the compounds, methods and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be used in the treatment of animals.
  • a "subject” may be a human, non-human primate, rat, mouse, cow, horse, pig, sheep, goat, dog, cat, etc. The subject may be suspected of having or at risk for having a condition requiring modulation of O-GlcNAcase activity.
  • An "effective amount" of a compound according to the invention includes a therapeutically effective amount or a prophylactically effective amount.
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired therapeutic result, such as inhibition of an O-GlcNAcase, elevation of O-GlcNAc levels, inhibition of tau phosphorylation, or any condition described herein.
  • a therapeutically effective amount of a compound may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the individual, and the ability of the compound to elicit a desired response in the individual. Dosage regimens may be adjusted to provide the optimum therapeutic response. A therapeutically effective amount is also one in which any toxic or detrimental effects of the compound are outweighed by the therapeutically beneficial effects.
  • a “prophylactically effective amount” refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired prophylactic result, such as inhibition of an O-GlcNAcase, elevation of O-GlcNAc levels, inhibition of tau phosphorylation, or any condition described herein.
  • a prophylactic dose is used in subjects prior to or at an earlier stage of disease, so that a prophylactically effective amount may be less than a therapeutically effective amount.
  • a suitable range for therapeutically or prophylactically effective amounts of a compound may be any integer from 0.1 nM-0.1M, 0.1 nM-0.05M, 0.05 nM-15 ⁇ M or 0.01 nM-10 ⁇ M.
  • an appropriate dosage level will generally be about 0.01 to 500 mg per kg subject body weight per day, and can be administered in singe or multiple doses. In some embodiments, the dosage level will be about 0.1 to about 250 mg/kg per day.
  • dosage levels and frequency of dosage for any particular patient may be varied and will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound used, the metabolic stability and length of action of that compound, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, mode and time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, the severity of the particular condition, and the patient undergoing therapy.
  • dosage values may vary with the severity of the condition to be alleviated.
  • specific dosage regimens may be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgement of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions. Dosage ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and do not limit the dosage ranges that may be selected by medical practitioners.
  • the amount of active compound(s) in the composition may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the subject. Dosage regimens may be adjusted to provide the optimum therapeutic response. For example, a single bolus may be administered, several divided doses may be administered over time or the dose may be proportionally reduced or increased as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation. It may be advantageous to formulate parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. In general, compounds of the invention should be used without causing substantial toxicity, and as described herein, the compounds exhibit a suitable safety profile for therapeutic use.
  • Toxicity of the compounds of the invention can be determined using standard techniques, for example, by testing in cell cultures or experimental animals and determining the therapeutic index, i.e., the ratio between the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the LDlOO (the dose lethal to 100% of the population). In some circumstances however, such as in severe disease conditions, it may be necessary to administer substantial excesses of the compositions.
  • a compound of Formula (I) may be used in screening assays for compounds which modulate the activity of glycosidase enzymes, preferably the O-GlcNAcase enzyme.
  • the ability of a test compound to inhibit O-GlcNAcase-dependent cleavage of O-GlcNAc from a model substrate may be measured using any assays, as described herein or known to one of ordinary skill in the art. For example, a fluoresence or UV-based assay known in the art may be used.
  • a "test compound” is any naturally-occurring or artificially-derived chemical compound. Test compounds may include, without limitation, peptides, polypeptides, synthesised organic molecules, naturally occurring organic molecules, and nucleic acid molecules.
  • a test compound can "compete" with a known compound such as a compound of Formula (I) by, for example, interfering with inhibition of O-GlcNAcase-dependent cleavage of O-GlcNAc or by interfering with any biological response induced by a compound of Formula (I).
  • a test compound can exhibit any value between 10% and 200%, or over 500%, modulation when compared to a compound of Formula (I) or other reference compound.
  • a test compound may exhibit at least any positive or negative integer from 10% to 200% modulation, or at least any positive or negative integer from 30% to 150% modulation, or at least any positive or negative integer from 60% to 100% modulation, or any positive or negative integer over 100% modulation.
  • a compound that is a negative modulator will in general decrease modulation relative to a known compound, while a compound that is a positive modulator will in general increase modulation relative to a known compound.
  • test compounds are identified from large libraries of both natural products or synthetic (or semi-synthetic) extracts or chemical libraries according to methods known in the art.
  • test extracts or compounds are not critical to the method(s) of the invention. Accordingly, virtually any number of chemical extracts or compounds can be screened using the exemplary methods described herein. Examples of such extracts or compounds include, but are not limited to, plant-, fungal-, prokaryotic- or animal-based extracts, fermentation broths, and synthetic compounds, as well as modification of existing compounds.
  • Synthetic compound libraries are commercially available.
  • libraries of natural compounds in the form of bacterial, fungal, plant, and animal extracts are commercially available from a number of sources, including Biotics (Sussex, UK), Xenova (Slough, UK), Harbor Branch Oceanographic Institute (Ft. Pierce, FL, USA), and PharmaMar, MA, USA.
  • Biotics Sussex, UK
  • Xenova Slough, UK
  • Harbor Branch Oceanographic Institute Ft. Pierce, FL, USA
  • PharmaMar, MA PharmaMar, USA.
  • natural and synthetically produced libraries are produced, if desired, according to methods known in the art, e.g., by standard extraction and fractionation methods.
  • any library or compound is readily modified using standard chemical, physical, or biochemical methods.
  • compounds shown to be useful agents for treatment are chemically modified according to methods known in the art.
  • Compounds identified as being of therapeutic, prophylactic, diagnostic, or other value may be subsequently analyzed using a suitable animal model, as described herein on known in the art.
  • the compounds are useful in the development of animal models for studying diseases or disorders related to deficiencies in O-GlcNAcase, over- expression of O-GlcNAcase, accumulation of O-GlcNAc, depletion of O-GlcNAc, and for studying treatment of diseases and disorders related to deficiency or over-expression of O- GlcNAcase, or accumulation or depletion of O-GlcNAc.
  • diseases and disorders include neurodegenerative diseases, including Alzheimer's disease, and cancer.
  • Triethylamine (0.8 mL) and dry pyridine (20 mL) were added to a cooled (0 0 C) solution of 2-amino-2-deoxy-l,3,4,6-tefra-0-acetyl- ⁇ -D-glucopyranose hydrochloride (1 g) in a solution of DMF (100 mL).
  • Sodium fluoroacetate (1.8 g) was added to a stirred mixture of dry DMF (90 mL) containing dried Dowex 50-H + resin (12 g). After 1 h, DCC (3.2 g) and 30 mL of the fluoroacetic acid solution were added via cannula to the reaction vessel containing the hydrochloride salt.
  • Example 2 Compounds 3 and 4: (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aRV5-(acetoxymethylV2-(difluoromethylV5.6.7.7a- tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-dlthiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate (3) and (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aRV2- (difluoromethylV5-(hvdroxymethyl)-5.6.7.7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3,2-dlthiazole-6.7-diol (4)
  • Triethylamine (0.8 mL) and dry pyridine (20 mL) were added to a cooled (0 0 C) solution of 2-amino-2-deoxy-l,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl- ⁇ -D-glucopyranose hydrochloride (1 g) in a solution of DMF (100 mL).
  • Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC, 3 g) and difluoroacetic acid (1.2 mL) were added to the reaction mixture via syringe. The resulting solution was allowed to stand for 16 h at 0 0 C, after which time another 0.5 mL of difluoroacetic acid were added.
  • Example 3 Compounds 5 and 6: (3aR.5R.6S JRJaRV5-(acetoxymethylV2-ftrifluoromethylV5.6.7.7a- tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-dlthiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate (5) and (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aR)-5- rhvdroxymethyl)-2-(trifluoromethyl)-5.6,7Ja-tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-d1thiazole-6.7-diol (6)
  • Triethylamine (0.8 mL) was added to a solution of 2-amino-2-deoxy-l,3,4,6-tetra-O- acetyl- ⁇ -D-glucopyranose hydrochloride (1 g) dissolved in dry dichloromethane (20 mL) and cooled (0 0 C). Trifluoroacetic anhydride (0.6 mL) was added via syringe and the resulting solution was allowed to stand for 16 h at 0 0 C, after which time the reaction was judged complete by TLC analysis.
  • the solution was diluted in 50 mL of EtOAc and washed successively with water, twice with saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 , and finally with a solution of brine.
  • the organic extracts were dried over MgSO 4 and filtered, and the solvent was removed in vacuo to yield colorless syrup.
  • the desired product was purified using flash chromatography on silica gel (4: 1 ; hexanes/EtOAc) to yield the partially purified amide that was used in the next step without further purification.
  • Example 6 Compounds 11 and 12: r3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aRV5-racetoxymethylV2-(methoxymethylV5.6.7.7a- tetrahvdro-3aH-pyrano[3.2-dlthiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate (11) and f3aR,5R.6S.7R.7aRV5- (hvdroxymethyl ' )-2-toethoxymethvD-5.6.7.7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-dlthia2 ⁇ le-6.7-diol (12)
  • the concentrated mixture was purified via flash column chromatography in a solvent system of EtOAc and hexanes (1:1), providing (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-(3-(2-fluoroethyl)thioureido)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,4,5- triyl triacetate (0.358 g, 57% yield).
  • the crude material was purified via flash column chromatography with a solvent system of 5:1 DCM and MeOH, providing (5R,6S,7R)-2-(2-fluoroethylamino)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (35) (0.045 g, 90% yield).
  • the aqueous layer was then extracted three times with DCM, and the organic layers were combined, dried with MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated.
  • the concentrated mixture was purified via flash column chromatography in a solvent system of EtOAc and hexanes (1 :1, 2:1.
  • the final reaction mixture was purified via flash column chromatography with a solvent system of 5:1 DCM and MeOH, providing (5R,6S,7R)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethylamino)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (39) (0.110 g, 47% yield).
  • Example 22 Compounds 42 and 43: (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aRV5-(acetoxymethylV2-(dimethylaminoV5.6.7.7a- tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-dlthiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate (42) and (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aRV2- (dimethylamino)-5-(hvdroxymethyl ' )-5,6,7,7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3,2-d1thiazole-6,7-diol (43)
  • the concentrated mixture was purified via flash column chromatography (EtOAc:hexanes, 1 :1) to provide (5R,6S,7R)- 5-(acetoxyrnethyl)-2-(dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diyl diacetate (42) (0.19 g, 42% yield).
  • the final reaction mixture was purified via flash column chromatography with a solvent system of 5: 1 DCM and MeOH, providing (5R,6S,7R)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (43) (0.092 g, 75% yield).
  • Example 23 Compounds 44 and 45: (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aR)-5-facetoxymethyl)-2-(ethylCmethyl)amino)-5.6.7.7a- tetrahvdro-3aH-pyrano[3.2-d " lthiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate (44) and (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aR1-2- (ethyl(methyl)amino)-5-(hvdroxymethyl)-5,6.7,7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-dlthiazole-6.7-diol
  • Example 24 Compounds 46 and 47: (3aR.5R.6S JRJaRV5-(acetoxymethylV2-(methoxyaminoV5.6.7.7a- tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-dlthiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate (46) and (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aRV5- (hvdroxymethyl)-2-(methoxyaminoV5.6.7.7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3.2-d1thiazole-6.7-diol ('47)
  • K 1 values for inhibition of O-GlcNAcase in the range 1 nM - 50 ⁇ M.
  • the K 1 values for inhibition of O-GlcNAcase shown in Table 4 were obtained for compounds 2, 4, and 6. All K ⁇ values were determined using linear regression ofa Dixon plots.
  • ⁇ -hexosaminidase was used at a concentration of 0.036 mg/mL withpNP-GlcNAc as a substrate at a concentration of 0.5 mM.
  • the inhibitor was tested at five concentrations ranging from 5 times to 1/5 K ⁇ .
  • K ⁇ values were determined by linear regression of data from Dixon plots.
  • Ki ⁇ -hexosaminidase/Ki (O-GlcNAcase)
  • the compounds described in the Examples herein exhibit a selectivity ratio in the range of about 1000 to 100000.
  • many of the compounds described in the Examples herein exhibit greater selectivity towards O-GlcNAcase.
  • the compounds of the invention show exhibit high selectivity for inhibition of O-GlcNAcase over ⁇ -hexosaminidase.
  • Example 29 Dose-dependent elevation of rat brain and muscle O-GlcNAc levels [00190]
  • IV intravenous
  • NAG-Bt 3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR-5- (hydroxymethyl)-2-propyl-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol
  • mice were given one week to acclimatize and at six weeks of age the appropriate treatment was initiated. Eight animals were given intravenous tail vein injections of various concentrations of NAG- Bt or vehicle alone (PBS); doses of NAG-Bt included 0, 2, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, and 250 mg/kg. Seven hours later animals were sacrificed and tissues were removed from animals as quickly as possible to minimize post-mortem delay. Tissues were immediately frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at -8O 0 C until further use.
  • PBS vehicle alone
  • tissue homogenization of the tissues was carried out by manual grinding followed by homogenization in cell lysis buffer (50 mM Tris, pH 8.0, 1 mM PMSF, 0.1% NP-40, 1 mM NAG-Bt) using a tissue homogenizer (IKA) at 4 0 C. Insoluble cell debris was removed by centrifugation at 17,900 x g for 20 minutes at 4°C and the resulting supernatant was stored at -20 0 C until use.
  • cell lysis buffer 50 mM Tris, pH 8.0, 1 mM PMSF, 0.1% NP-40, 1 mM NAG-Bt
  • IKA tissue homogenizer
  • Figures 1C and ID are Western blots of samples loaded in the upper panels ( Figures IA and IB) probed using anti- ⁇ -actin mAb clone AC-40 followed by an anti-mouse IgG-HRP conjugate, and reveal equivalent sample loading.
  • Analysis of the Western blot results by densitometry ( Figures IE-F) reveals a more pronounced effect in brain tissue at the 250 mg/kg dose (roughly 25-fold elevation of O- GIcNAc levels over baseline) as compared to the effect in muscle tissue (roughly 10-fold elevation of O-GlcNAc levels over baseline).
  • Example 30 Decrease of rat brain tau phosphorylation levels
  • Equal amounts of homogenized brain tissue from an animal treated with and without NAG-Bt were separated by SDS-PAGE followed by probing with each of the primary antibodies and an appropriate secondary antibody (either an anti-mouse or anti-rabbit IgG-HRP conjugate, as appropriate).
  • the resulting Western blots are shown in Figures 2A-I, and reveal decreases of brain tau phosphorylation at multiple sites following treatment with NAG-Bt; lanes labeled "+” indicate samples from animals receiving NAG-Bt, while lanes labeled "-" indicate samples from animals receiving vehicle alone.
  • Treated animals exhibit decreases in phosphorylation at the Tau-1 epitope (including Serl95, Serl98, Serl99, and Ser202), Serl99, Ser262, Ser396, Ser422, and Thr231; brain lysates probed using the Tau-5 primary antibody show equivalent sample loading.
  • Treatment with NAG-Bt increases phosphorylation at Ser214 and Ser404, a result consistent with observations made in cultured cells using a non-selective O-GlcNAcase inhibitor.
  • Dosing with NAG-Bt essentially blocks phosphorylation of two critically important sites (Thr231 and Ser396) involved in the toxic self-assembly of tau. 116 ' 117
  • These data demonstrate that oral administration of NAG-Bt has the overall effect of reducing tau phosphorylation levels in the brain.
  • Example 31 Elevation of rat cardiac O-GlcNAc levels
  • Figure 3B shows a Western blot of samples loaded in the upper panel (Figure 3A) probed using an anti- ⁇ -actin mAb clone AC-40 followed by an anti-mouse IgG-HRP conjugate, and reveals equivalent sample loading.
  • mice Animal dosing and tissue collection. Hemizygous transgenic female JNPL3 mice overexpressing human mutant tau protein (P301L) and wild type control mice were obtained from Taconic Farms, Inc. (model numbers 001638-T-F and 001638-W-F, respectively). The mice were 10-12 weeks of age at delivery, designated "week 1" of the study.
  • mice were split into four groups: Group A (transgenic mice) received vehicle alone throughout the study; Group B (transgenic mice) received 100 mg/kg/day NAG-Bt in their food from week 1 to week 15, then were switched to 1000 mg/kg/day NAG-Bt in their drinking water from week 16 to week 32; Group D (transgenic mice) received vehicle alone from weeks 1 to 15, and then 500 mg/kg/day NAG-AE in their drinking water from weeks 16 to 32; Group E (wild-type) received vehicle alone throughout the study. In week 32, three animals per group were sacrificed and tissues were collected. Transgenic mice and controls were sacrificed using a CO 2 chamber.
  • Cryostat sectioning The brains were then mounted with optimal cutting temperature (OCT) medium (Tissue Tek) and sectioned sagittally on a Reichert-Jung Cryocut 1800 (Leica) using Feather microtome blades (Tissue Tek) at 50 ⁇ m and placed in IX PBS for further processing.
  • OCT optimal cutting temperature
  • the cryostat temperature was set at -17 0 C to -19°C.
  • Imaging Sections were visualized using a Leica fluorescent microscope (DM4000B). A filter set (excitation peak: 480 ran, emission peak: 520 ran, Leica) was used for O-GlcNAc/FITC imaging and another filter set (excitation filter: 530-550 ran, emission filter: 570 nm, Leica) was used for phospho-Tau-ser404/Cy3 imaging. 10x Images from the hippocampus regions of brains were acquired using a Spot digital camera (Diagnostic Instruments, Sterling Heights, MI, USA). and processed with LAS (Leica Application Suite) software. [00200] The images of hippocampal brain sections from representative mice in each group are shown in Figures 4A-H.
  • the images on the right-hand side are sections stained with anti-OGlcNAc antibody, and light areas correspond to regions with high levels of protein O-GlcNAc modification.
  • the images on the left-hand side are sections stained with anti-phospho Tau-Ser404 antibody, and light areas correspond to regions with high levels of phosphorylated tau protein; in particular, the bright dots correspond to aggregates of hyperphosphorylated tau protein, or neurofibrillary tangles (NFTs).
  • NFTs neurofibrillary tangles
  • Table 5 shows results from hematology (CBC) and serum chemistry tests on rats dosed orally with NAG-Bt for 4 months at 100 mg/kg/day versus controls
  • Table 6 shows results from urinalysis tests on rats dosed orally with NAG-Bt for 4 months at 100 mg/kg/day versus controls
  • Example 34 Decrease of rat brain tau phosphorylation levels
  • Membranes were then extensively washed with PBS- T, blocked again for 30 min with 1 % BSA in PBS-T at RT and then probed with the appropriate HRP conjugated secondary antibody for 1 h at RT delivered in 1 % BSA in PBS-T. Finally, the membranes were washed extensively and then developed with
  • Mouse monoclonal ⁇ -Tau-5 which recognizes the central region of tau in a phosphorylation state independent manner was purchased from Lab Vision Corporation and used at a dilution of 1:500.
  • Rabbit polyclonal ⁇ -Tau [ ⁇ S 231 ], ⁇ -Tau [pT 396 ], and ⁇ -Tau [pS 422 ] recognize phosphorylated Thr-231, Ser-396, and Ser-422 respectively, and were purchased from Biosource International and used at a dilution of 1 : 1000.
  • Mouse monoclonal ⁇ -O-GlcNAc (CTDl 10.6) which recognizes the O-GlcNAc monosaccharide modification was purchased from Covance and used at a dilution of 1 :2500.
  • Mouse monoclonal ⁇ -actin (clone AC-40) was purchased from Sigma and was used at a dilution of 1:1000.
  • mice were split into three groups: Group E received vehicle alone throughout the study; Group Fl received 100 mg/kg/day NAG-Bt in their food from week 1 to week 15, then were switched to 500 mg/kg/day NAG-AE in their drinking water from week 16 to week 40; Group F2 received 100 mg/kg/day NAG-Bt in their food from week 1 to week 15 then were switched to 1000 mg/kg/day NAG-Bt in their drinking water from week 16 to week 40. During this time, body weight, food consumption, and water consumption were monitored for animals in each group; no significant differences were noted between groups.
  • Table 7 shows results from hematology (CBC) and serum chemistry tests on mice dosed orally with NAG-Bt or NAG-AE for nine months versus controls
  • Table 8 shows results from urinalysis tests on mice dosed orally with NAG-Bt or NAG-AE for nine months versus controls

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Food Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Computational Biology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)

Abstract

The invention provides compounds of formula (I) for selectively inhibiting glycosidases, prodrugs of the compounds, and pharmaceutical compositions including the compounds or prodrugs of the compounds The invention also provides methods of treating diseases and disorders related to deficiency or overexpression of O-GlcNAcase, accumulation or deficiency of O-GlcNAc

Description

SELECTIVE GLYCOSIDASE INHIBITORS AND USES THEREOF CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[0001] This application claims the benefit of U.S. Provisional application Serial Nos. 60/841,196, filed on August 31, 2006, and 60/895,663, filed March 19, 2007, which are hereby incorporated by reference.
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
[0002] This application relates to compounds which selectively inhibit glycosidases and uses thereof.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION [0003] A wide range of cellular proteins, both nuclear and cytoplasmic, are post- translationally modified by the addition of the monosaccharide 2-acetamido-2-deoxy-β-D- glucopyranoside (β-N-acetyl glucosamine) which is attached via an O-glycosidic linkage.1 This modification is generally referred to as O-linked N-acetylglucosamine or O-GlcNAc. The enzyme responsible for post-translationally linking β-N-acetylglucosamine (GIcNAc) to specific serine and threonine residues of numerous nucleocytoplasmic proteins is O- GIcNAc transferase (OGTase).2 5 A second enzyme, known as O-GlcNAcase6'7 removes this post-translational modification to liberate proteins making the O-GlcNAc-modification a dynamic cycle occurring several times during the lifetime of a protein.8
[0004] O-GlcN Ac-modified proteins regulate a wide range of vital cellular functions including, for example, transcription,9"12 proteasomal degradation,13 and cellular signaling.14 O-GlcNAc is also found on many structural proteins.15"17 For example, it has been found on a number of cytoskeletal proteins, including neurofilament proteins,18'19 synapsins, synapsin-specific clathrin assembly protein AP-3,7 and ankyrinG.14 O-GlcNAc modification has been found to be abundant in the brain. ' It has also been found on proteins clearly implicated in the etiology of several diseases including Alzheimer's disease (AD) and cancer.
[0005] For example, it is well established that AD and a number of related tauopathies including Downs' syndrome, Pick's disease, Niemann-Pick Type C disease, and amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS) are characterized, in part, by the development of neurofibrillary tangles (NFTs). These NFTs are aggregates of paired helical filaments
(PHFs) and are composed of an abnormal form of the cytoskeletal protein "tau". Normally tau stabilizes a key cellular network of microtubules that is essential for distributing proteins and nutrients within neurons. In AD patients, however, tau becomes hyperphosphorylated, disrupting its normal functions, forming PHFs and ultimately aggregating to form NFTs. Six isoforms of tau are found in the human brain. In AD patients, all six isoforms of tau are found in NFTs, and all are markedly hyperphosphorylated.23'24 Tau in healthy brain tissue bears only 2 or 3 phosphate groups, whereas those found in the brains of AD patients bear, on average, 8 phosphate groups.25'26 A clear parallel between NFT levels in the brains of AD patients and the severity of dementia strongly supports a key role for tau dysfunction in AD.27'28 The precise causes of this hyperphosphorylation of tau remain elusive. Accordingly, considerable effort has been dedicated toward: a) elucidating the molecular physiological basis of tau hyperphosphorylation;29 and b) identifying strategies that could limit tau hyperphosphorylation in the hope that these might halt, or even reverse, the progression of Alzheimer's disease30"33 Thus far, several lines of evidence suggest that up- regulation of a number of kinases may be involved in hyperphosphorylation of tau,21'34'35 although very recently, an alternative basis for this hyperphosphorylation has been advanced.21
[0006] In particular, it has recently emerged that phosphate levels of tau are regulated by the levels of O-GlcNAc on tau. The presence of OGIcNA c on tau has stimulated studies that correlate O-GlcNAc levels with tau phosphorylation levels. The recent interest in this field stems from the observation that O-GlcNAc modification has been found to occur on many proteins at amino acid residues that are also known to be phosphorylated. Consistent with this observation, it has been found that increases in phosphorylation levels result in decreased O-GlcNAc levels and conversely, increased O-GlcNAc levels correlate with decreased phosphorylation levels.39 This reciprocal relationship between O-GlcNAc and phosphorylation has been termed the "Yin-Yang hypothesis"40 and has gained strong biochemical support by the recent discovery that the enzyme OGTase4 forms a functional complex with phosphatases that act to remove phosphate groups from proteins.41 Like phosphorylation, O-GlcNAc is a dynamic modification that can be removed and reinstalled several times during the lifespan of a protein. Suggestively, the gene encoding O- GlcNAcase has been mapped to a chromosomal locus that is linked to AD.7'42
Hyperphosphorylated tau in human AD brains has markedly lower levels of O-GlcNAc than are found in healthy human brains.21 Very recently, it has been shown that O-GlcNAc levels of soluble tau protein from human brains affected with AD are markedly lower than those from healthy brain.21 Furthermore, PHF from diseased brain was suggested to lack completely any O-GlcNAc modification whatsoever.21 The molecular basis of this hypoglycosylation of tau is not known, although it may stem from increased activity of kinases and/or dysfunction of one of the enzymes involved in processing O-GlcNAc. Supporting this latter view, in both PC- 12 neuronal cells and in brain tissue sections from mice, a nonselective N-acetylglucosamindase inhibitor was used to increase tau O-GlcNAc levels, whereupon it was observed that phosphorylation levels decreased.21 The implication of these collective results is that by maintaining healthy O-GlcNAc levels in AD patients, such as by inhibiting the action of O-GlcNAcase, one should be able to block hyperphosphorylation of tau and all of the associated effects of tau hyperphosphorylation, including the formation of NFTs and downstream effects. However, because the proper functioning of the β-hexosaminidases is critical, any potential therapeutic intervention for the treatment of AD that blocks the action of O-GlcNAcase would have to avoid the concomitant inhibition of both hexosaminidases A and B. [0007] Neurons do not store glucose and therefore the brain relies on glucose supplied by blood to maintain its essential metabolic functions. Notably, it has been shown that within brain, glucose uptake and metabolism decreases with aging.43 Within the brains of AD patients marked decreases in glucose utilization occur and are thought to be a potential cause of neurodegeneration.44 The basis for this decreased glucose supply in AD brain45"47 is thought to stem from any of decreased glucose transport,48'49 impaired insulin signaling,50'51 and decreased blood flow.52
[0008] In light of this impaired glucose metabolism, it is worth noting that of all glucose entering into cells, 2-5% is shunted into the hexosamine biosynthetic pathway, thereby regulating cellular concentrations of the end product of this pathway, undine diphosphate- N-acetylglucosamine (UDP-GIcNAc).53 UDP-GIcNAc is a substrate of the nucleocytoplasmic enzyme O-GlcNAc transferase (OGTase),2"5 which acts to post- translationally add GIcNAc to specific serine and threonine residues of numerous nucleocytoplasmic proteins. OGTase recognizes many of its substrates54'55 and binding partners41'56 through its tetratricopeptide repeat (TPR) domains.57'58 As described above, O- GlcNAcase6'7 removes this post-translational modification to liberate proteins making the O-GlcNAc-modification a dynamic cycle occurring several times during the lifetime of a protein. O-GlcNAc has been found in several proteins on known phosphorylation sites,10'37'38'59 including tau and neurofilaments.60 Additionally, OGTase shows unusual kinetic behaviour making it exquisitely sensitive to intracellular UDP-GIcNAc substrate concentrations and therefore glucose supply.41
[0009] Consistent with the known properties of the hexosamine biosynthetic pathway, the enzymatic properties of OGTase, and the reciprocal relationship between O-GlcNAc and phosphorylation, it has been shown that decreased glucose availability in brain leads to tau hyperphosphorylation.44 Therefore the gradual impairment of glucose transport and metabolism, whatever its causes, leads to decreased O-GlcNAc and hyperphosphorylation of tau (and other proteins). Accordingly, the inhibition of O-GlcNAcase should compensate for the age related impairment of glucose metabolism within the brains of health individuals as well as patients suffering from AD or related neurodegenerative diseases.
[0010] These results suggest that a malfunction in the mechanisms regulating tau O- GIcNAc levels may be vitally important in the formation of NFTs and associated neurodegeneration. Good support for blocking tau hyperphosphorylation as a therapeutically useful intervention61 comes from recent studies showing that when transgenic mice harbouring human tau are treated with kinase inhibitors, they do not develop typical motor defects33 and, in another case,32 show decreased levels of insoluble tau. These studies provide a clear link between lowering tau phosphorylation levels and alleviating AD-like behavioural symptoms in a murine model of this disease.
[0011] There is also a large body of evidence indicating that increased levels of O-GlcNAc protein modification provides protection against pathogenic effects of stress in cardiac tissue, including stress caused by ischemia, hemorrhage, hypervolemic shock, and calcium paradox. For example, activation of the hexosamine biosynthetic pathway (HBP) by administration of glucosamine has been demonstrated to exert a protective effect in animals models of ischemia/reperfusion,62"68 trauma hemorrhage,69"71 hypervolemic shock,72 and calcium paradox.62'73 Moreover, strong evidence indicates that these cardioprotective effects are mediated by elevated levels of protein O-GlcNAc modification.62'63'65'68'70'73"76 There is also evidence that the O-GlcNAc modification plays a role in a variety of neurodegenerative diseases, including Parkinson's disease and Huntington's disease.77
[0012] Humans have three genes encoding enzymes that cleave terminal β-N-acetyl- glucosamine residues from glycoconjugates. The first of these encodes the enzyme O- glycoprotein 2-acetamido-2-deoxy-β-D-glucopyranosidase (O-GlcNAcase). O-GlcNAcase is a member of family 84 of glycoside hydrolases that includes enzymes from organisms as diverse as prokaryotic pathogens to humans (for the family classification of glycoside hydrolases see Coutinho, P.M. & Henrissat, B. (1999) Carbohydrate-Active Enzymes server at URL: http://afinb.cnrs-mrs.fr/CAZY/.27'28 O-GlcNAcase acts to hydrolyse 0-GlcNAc off of serine and threonine residues of post-translationally modified proteins.1'6'7'78'79 Consistent with the presence of O-GlcNAc on many intracellular proteins, the enzyme O- GlcNAcase appears to have a role in the etiology of several diseases including type II diabetes,14'80 AD,16'21'81 and cancer.22'82 Although O-GlcNAcase was likely isolated earlier on,18'19 about 20 years elapsed before its biochemical role in acting to cleave O-GlcNAc from serine and threonine residues of proteins was understood.6 More recently O- GlcNAcase has been cloned,7 partially characterized,20 and suggested to have additional activity as a histone acetyltransferase.20 However, little was known about the catalytic mechanism of this enzyme.
[0013] The other two genes, HEXA and HEXB, encode enzymes catalyzing the hydrolytic cleavage of terminal β-N-acetyl glucosamine residues from glycoconjugates. The gene products of HEXA and HEXB predominantly yield two dimeric isozymes, hexosaminidase A and hexosaminidase B, respectively. Hexosaminidase A (<χβ), a heterodimeric isozyme, is composed of an α- and a β-subunit. Hexosaminidase B (ββ), a homodimeric isozyme, is composed of two β-subunits. The two subunits, α- and β-, bear a high level of sequence identity. Both of these enzymes are classified as members of family 20 of glycoside hydrolases and are normally localized within lysosomes. The proper functioning of these lysosomal β-hexosaminidases is critical for human development, a fact that is underscored by the tragic genetic illnesses, Tay-Sach's and S andhoff diseases which stem from a dysfunction in, respectively, hexosaminidase A and hexosaminidase B.83 These enzymatic deficiencies cause an accumulation of glycolipids and glycoconjugates in the lysosomes resulting in neurological impairment and deformation. The deleterious effects of accumulation of gangliosides at the organismal level are still being uncovered.84
[0014] As a result of the biological importance of these β-Λ/-acetyl-glucosaminidases, small molecule inhibitors of glycosidases " have received a great deal of attention, both as tools for elucidating the role of these enzymes in biological processes and in developing potential therapeutic applications. The control of glycosidase function using small molecules offers several advantages over genetic knockout studies including the ability to rapidly vary doses or to entirely withdraw treatment.
[0015] However, a major challenge in developing inhibitors for blocking the function of mammalian glycosidases, including O-GlcNAcase, is the large number of functionally related enzymes present in tissues of higher eukaryotes. Accordingly, the use of nonselective inhibitors in studying the cellular and organismal physiological role of one particular enzyme is complicated because complex phenotypes arise from the concomitant inhibition of such functionally related enzymes. In the case of β-N-acetylglucosaminidases, existing compounds that act to block O-GlcNAcase function are non-specific and act potently to inhibit the lysosomal β-hexosaminidases.
[0016] A few of the better characterized inhibitors of β-N-acetyl-glucosaminidases which have been used in studies of O-GlcNAc post-translational modification within both cells and tissues are streptozotocin (STZ), 2'-methyl-α-D-glucopyrano-[2,l-cT|-Δ2'-thiazoline (NAG-thiazoline) and (9-(2-acetamido-2-deoxy-D-glucopyranosylidene)amino N- phenylcarbamate (PUGNAc).14'90"93
[0017] STZ has long been used as a diabetogenic compound because it has a particularly detrimental effect on β-islet cells.94 STZ exerts its cytotoxic effects through both the alkylation of cellular DNA94'95 as well as the generation of radical species including nitric oxide. The resulting DNA strand breakage promotes the activation of poly(ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP)97 with the net effect of depleting cellular NAD+ levels and, ultimately, leading to cell death.98'99 Other investigators have proposed instead that STZ toxicity is a consequence of the irreversible inhibition of O-GlcNAcase, which is highly expressed within β-islet cells.90'100 This hypothesis has, however, been brought into question by two independent research groups.101'102 Because cellular O-GlcNAc levels on proteins increase in response to many forms of cellular stress103 it seems possible that STZ results in increased O-GlcNAc-modification levels on proteins by inducing cellular stress rather than through any specific and direct action on O-GlcNAcase. Indeed, Hanover and coworkers have shown that STZ functions as a poor and somewhat selective inhibitor of O-
GlcNAcase104 and although it has been proposed by others that STZ acts to irreversibly inhibit O-GlcNAcase,105 there has been no clear demonstration of this mode of action. Recently, it has been shown that STZ does not irreversibly inhibit O-GlcNAcase.106
[0018] NAG-thiazoline has been found to be a potent inhibitor of family 20 hexosaminidases,88'107 and more recently, the family 84 O-GlcNAcases.106 Despite its potency, a downside to using NAG-thiazoline in a complex biological context is that it lacks selectivity and therefore perturbs multiple cellular processes. [0019] PUGNAc is another compound that suffers from the same problem of lack of selectivity, yet has enjoyed use as an inhibitor of both human O-GlcNAcase6'108 and the family 20 human β-hexosaminidases.109 This molecule, developed by Vasella and coworkers, was found to be a potent competitive inhibitor of the β-N-acetyl- glucosaminidases from Canavalia ensiformis, Mucor rouxii, and the β-hexosaminidase from bovine kidney.86 It has been demonstrated that administration of PUGNAc in a rat model of trauma hemorrhage decreases circulating levels of the pro-inflammatory cytokines TNF-α and IL-6.110 It has also been shown that administration of PUGNAc in a cell-based model of lymphocyte activation decreases production of the cytokine IL-2.111 Recent studies have indicated that PUGNAc can be used in an animal model to reduce myocardial infarct size after left coronary artery occlusions.112 Of particular significance is the fact that elevation of O-GlcNAc levels by administration of PUGNAc, an inhibitor of O-GlcNAcase, in a rat model of trauma hemorrhage improves cardiac function. ' 10'' 13 In addition, elevation of O- GIcNAc levels by treatment with PUGNAc in a cellular model of ischemia/reperfusion injury using neonatal rat ventricular myocytes improved cell viability and reduced necrosis and apoptosis compared to untreated cells.114
[0020] International patent application PCT/CA2006/000300, filed 1 March 2006, published under No. WO 2006/092049 on 8 September 2006, which is hereby incorporated by reference, describe some more selective inhibitors of O-GlcNAcase, compared to NAG- thiazoline or PUGNAc.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[0021] The invention provides, in part, compounds for selectively inhibiting glycosidases, prodrugs of the compounds, uses of the compounds and the prodrugs, pharmaceutical compositions including the compounds or prodrugs of the compounds, amd methods of treating diseases and disorders related to deficiency or overexpression of O-GlcNAcase, accumulation or deficiency of O-GlcNAc.
[0022] In one aspect, the invention provides a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof: [0023]
Figure imgf000009_0001
(I) where each R1 is independently a non-interfering substituent; R2 is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OR4, NR4 2, and NR4OR4, each of which may be optionally substituted with a non-interfering substituent; R3 is OR4, N3, or NR4 2; and each R4 is independently a non- interfering substituent, with the proviso that when each R1 is H and R3 is OH, R2 excludes CH3, CH2CH3, (CH2)2CH3, (CH2)3CH3, (CH2)4CH3, (CH2)5CH3, CH(CH3)2, CH2CH(CH3)2, NH(phenyl), NH(4-methoxyphenyl), N(CHj)2, (CH2)2P(O)(OH)(OCH3), and (CH2)2P(OXOH)(O(CH2)7CH3); and with the proviso that when each R1 is COCH3 and R3 is OC(O)CH3, R2 excludes CH3, CH2CH3, (CH2)2CH3, (CH2)3CH3, (CH2)4CH3, (CH2)6CH3, CH(CH3)2, CH2CH(CH3)2, NHφhenyl), NH(4-methoxyphenyl), N(CH3)2, (CH2)2P(O)(OH)(OCH3), and (CH2)2P(O)(OH)(O(CH2)7CH3), NHCH3, NH(CH2)2CH3, NHCH(CH3)2, NH(CH2)3CH3, NH(cyclohexyl), NH(benzyl), CH2Br, CHBr2, CH2P(O)(OCH2CH3),, (CH2)2P(O)(OCH3)(O(CH2)7CH3), (CH2)2P(O)(OCH3)2; (CH2)2P(O)(OCH3)2 , N(COCH3)(phenyl), and N(COCH3)(4-methoxyphenyl); and with the proviso that Formula (I) excludes compounds 74 to 85 described in Table 2.
In alternative embodiments, each R1 may be connected to form an additional ring structure; or when R3 is OR4, R4 may be connected to either R1 to form an additional ring structure.
In alternative embodiments, the non-interfering substituent may be alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, or arylalkynyl, or may include one or more heteroatoms selected from P, O, S, and N. The non-interfering substituent may be optionally substituted.
In alternative embodiments, R1 may be H or C(O)CH3; R2 may be CH2F, CHF2, CF3, (CH2)2CH=CH2, (CH2)2CH=CHCH3, CH2OCH3, (CH2)2CF3, cyclopropylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, NH2, NHCH3, NHCH2CH3, NH(CH2)2CH3, NH(CH2)3CH3, NHCH2CH=CH2, NHcyclopropyl, NHCH2CH2F, NHCH2CHF2, NHCH2CF3, NHCH2CH2OH,
NHCH2CH2OC(O)CH3, N(CH3)2, N(CH3)(CH2CH3), NHOCH3, OCH3, or (CH2)2CH3; R3 may be OH, OC(O)CH3, N3, or NH2. In alternative embodiments, the compound may be a compound described in Table 1 ; the compound may exclude one or more of the compounds described in Table 2 or Table 3; the compound may be a prodrug; the compound may selectively inhibit an O-glycoprotein 2- acetamido-2-deoxy-β-D-glucopyranosidase (O-GlcNAcase); the compound may selectively bind an O-GlcNAcase (e.g., a mammalian O-GlcNAcase); the compound may selectively inhibit the cleavage of a 2-acetamido-2-deoxy-β-D-glucopyranoside (O-GlcNAc); the compound may not substantially inhibit a mammalian β-hexosaminidase.
In alternative aspects, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition including a compound according to the invention, in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
In alternative aspects, the invention provides methods of selectively inhibiting an O- GlcNAcase, or of inhibiting an OGIcN Acase in a subject in need thereof, or of increasing the level of O-GlcNAc, or of treating a neurodegenerative disease, a tauopathy, cancer or stress, in a subject in need thereof, by administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
Figure imgf000010_0001
(I) wherein each R may be independently a non-interfering substituent; R may be alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OR4, NR4 2, and NR4OR4, each of which maybe optionally substituted with a non-interfering substituent; R3 may be OR4, N3, or NR4 2; and each R4 may be independently a non-interfering substituent, with the proviso that when each R1 is H and R3 is OH, R2 excludes CH2CH3, (CH2)2CH3, (CH2)3CH3, (CH2)4CH3, CH(CH3)2, and CH2CH(CH3)2; and with the proviso that when each R1 is COCH3 and R3 is OC(O)CH3, R2 excludes CH2CH3, (CH2)2CH3, (CH2)3CH3, (CH2)4CH3, CH(CH3)2, and CH2CH(CH3)2. The condition may be Alzheimer's disease, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), Amylotrophic lateral sclerosis with cognitive impairment (ALSci), Argyrophilic grain dementia, Bluit disease, Corticobasal degeneration (CBD), Dementia pugilistica, Diffuse neurofibrillary tangles with calcification, Down's syndrome, Familial British dementia, Familial Danish dementia, Frontotemporal dementia with parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17 (FTDP- 17), Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker disease, Guadeloupean parkinsonism, Hallevorden- Spatz disease (neurodegeneration with brain iron accumulation type 1), Multiple system atrophy, Myotonic dystrophy, Niemann-Pick disease (type C), Pallido-ponto-nigral degeneration, Parkinsonism-dementia complex of Guam, Pick's disease (PiD), Postencephalitic parkinsonism (PEP), Prion diseases (including Creutzfeldt- Jakob Disease (CJD), Variant Creutzfeldt- Jakob Disease (vCJD), Fatal Familial Insomnia, and Kuru), Progressive supercortical gliosis, Progressive supranuclear palsy (PSP), Richardson's syndrome, Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis, Tangle-only dementia, Huntington's disease, or Parkinson's disease. The stress may be a cardiac disorder, e.g., ischemia; hemorrhage; hypovolemic shock; myocardial infarction; an interventional cardiology procedure; cardiac bypass surgery; fibrinolytic therapy; angioplasty; or stent placement.
In alternative aspects, the invention provides a method of treating an O-GlcNAcase- mediated condition that excludes a neurodegenerative disease, a tauopathy, cancer or stress, in a subject in need thereof, by administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
Figure imgf000011_0001
(I) wherein each R1 may be independently a non-interfering substituent; R2 may be alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OR4, NR4 2, and NR4OR4, each of which may be optionally substituted with a non-interfering substituent; R3 may be OR4, N3, or NR4 2; and each R4 may be independently a non-interfering substituent. In some embodiments, the condition may be inflammatory or allergic diseases such as asthma, allergic rhinitis, hypersensitivity lung diseases, hypersensitivity pneumonitis, eosinophilic pneumonias, delayed-type hypersensitivity, atherosclerosis, interstitial lung disease (ILD) (e.g., idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, or ILD associated with rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, ankylosing spondylitis, systemic sclerosis, Sjogren's syndrome, polymyositis or dermatomyositis); systemic anaphylaxis or hypersensitivity responses, drug allergies, insect sting allergies; autoimmune diseases, such as rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, multiple sclerosis, systemic lupus erythematosus, myastenia gravis, glomerulonephritis, autoimmune thyroiditis, graft rejection, including allograft rejection or graft- versus-host disease; inflammatory bowel diseases, such as Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis; spondyloarthropathies; scleroderma; psoriasis (including T-cell mediated psoriasis) and inflammatory dermatoses such as dermatitis, eczema, atopic dermatitis, allergic contact dermatitis, urticaria; vasculitis (e.g., necrotizing, cutaneous, and hypersensitivity vasculitis); eosinphilic myotis, and eosiniphilic fasciitis; graft rejection, in particular but not limited to solid organ transplants, such as heart, lung, liver, kidney, and pancreas transplants (e.g. kidney and lung allografts); epilepsy; pain; stroke, e.g., neuroprotection following a stroke.
In alternative embodiments, R1 may be H or C(O)CH3; R2 may be CH2F, CHF2, CF3, (CH2)2CH=CH2, (CH2)2CH=CHCH3, CH2OCH3, (CH2)2CF3, cyclopropylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, NH2, NHCH3, NHCH2CH3, NH(CH2)2CH3, NH(CH2)3CH3, NHCH2CH=CH2, NHcyclopropyl, NHCH2CH2F, NHCH2CHF2, NHCH2CF3, NHCH2CH2OH, NHCH2CH2OC(O)CH3, N(CH3)2, N(CH3)(CH2CH3), NHOCH3, OCH3, or (CH2)2CH3; R3 may be OH, OC(O)CH3, N3, or NH2; the compound may be selected from the group consisting of one or more of the compounds described in Table 2 and Table 3. The administering may increase the level of O-GlcNAc in the subject. The subject may be a human.
In alternative aspects, the invention provides use of a compound of an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
Figure imgf000012_0001
(I) where each R1 may be independently a non-interfering substituent; R2 may be alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OR4, NR4 2, and NR4OR4, each of which may be optionally substituted with a non-interfering substituent; R3 may be OR4, N3, or NR4 2; and each R4 may be independently a non-interfering substituent, with the proviso that the compound of Formula (I) excludes the compounds described in Tables 2 and 3, in the preparation of a medicament. The medicament may be for selectively inhibiting an O-GlcNAcase, for increasing the level of O-GlcNAc, for treating a condition modulated by an O-GlcNAcase, for treating a neurodegenerative disease, a tauopathy, a cancer, or stress.
In alternative aspects, the inventio provides a method for screening for a selective inhibitor of an O-GlcNAcase, by a) contacting a first sample with a test compound; b) contacting a second sample with a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000013_0001
(i) where each R1 may be independently a non-interfering substituent; R2 may be alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OR4, NR4 2, and NR4OR4, each of which may be optionally substituted with a non-interfering substituent; R3 may be OR4, N3, or NR4 2; and each R4 may be independently a non-interfering substituent, c) determining the level of inhibition of the O-GlcNAcase in the first and second samples, where the test compound is a selective inhibitor of a O-GlcNAcase if the test compound exhibits the same or greater inhibition of the O-GlcNAcase when compared to the compound of Formula (I).
[0024] This summary of the invention does not necessarily describe all features of the invention.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS [0025] These and other features of the invention will become more apparent from the following description in which reference is made to the appended drawings wherein: [0026] FIGURES IA-F show Western blots of proteins from muscle and brain tissue of rats injected with various doses of (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-2-propyl- 5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (NAG-Bt) or vehicle alone (PBS). Equal amounts of homogenized muscle (A) and brain (B) tissue from animals treated with the indicated doses of NAG-Bt or vehicle alone (PBS; 0 mg/kg) were separated by SDS- PAGE followed by probing with the primary α-O-GlcNAc antibody and an anti-IgM-mouse IgG-HRP conjugate. Figures 1C (muscle) and ID (brain) show Western blots of samples loaded in Figures IA-B and probed using anti-β-actin mAb clone AC-40 followed by an anti-mouse IgG-HRP conjugate. Figures IE (muscle) and IF (brain) are graphs showing the analysis of the Western blot results by densitometry.
[0027] FIGURES 2A-I show Western blots of proteins from brain tissue of rats treated with or without NAG-Bt showing changes in brain tau phosphorylation at multiple sites following treatment. Equal amounts of homogenized brain tissue from an animal treated with and without NAG-Bt were separated by SDS-PAGE followed by probing with each of the primary antibodies, as indicated, and an appropriate secondary antibody (either an anti- mouse or anti-rabbit IgG-HRP conjugate, as appropriate). The lanes labeled "+" indicate samples from animals receiving NAG-Bt, while lanes labeled "-" indicate samples from animals receiving vehicle alone.
[0028] FIGURES 3A-B show Western blots of proteins from cardiac tissue of rats injected with 50 mg/kg of NAG-AE or vehicle alone (PBS) and sacrificed at various lengths of time following injection. Equal amounts of homogenized cardiac tissue from animals treated with NAG-AE for the indicated lengths of time were separated by SDS-PAGE followed by probing with the primary α-O-GlcNAc antibody and an anti-IgM-mouse IgG-HRP conjugate (A). Figure 3B shows a Western blot of samples loaded in Figure 3 A and probed using an anti-β-actin mAb clone AC-40 followed by an anti-mouse IgG-HRP conjugate.
[0029] FIGURES 4A-H show stained hippocampus brain tissue sections collected from P301L JNPL3 mice, a transgenic model that develops hyperphosphorylated tau protein and NFTs. Group E are wild-type control mice that received vehicle alone; Group A are transgenic mice that received vehicle alone; Group B are transgenic mice that received 100 mg/kg/day NAG-Bt orally for 16 weeks, then 1000 mg/kg/day NAG-Bt orally for 16 weeks; Group D are transgenic mice that received 500 mg/kg/day NAG-AE orally for 16 weeks; all mice were 42-44 weeks of age at the time of sacrifice. Panels on the right (Figures 4E-H) show sections stained with anti-OGlcNAc antibody (a marker for protein O-GlcNAc levels), while panels on the left (Figures A-D) show sections stained with anti-phospho Tau-Ser404 antibody (a marker for levels of tau phosphorylation and NFT formation). Animals receiving either NAG-Bt or NAG-AE (Groups B and D) shown elevated protein O-GlcNAc levels and significantly decreased formation of hyperphosphorylated tau and NFTs when compared to the untreated transgenic group (Group A). The boxed area in each panel indicates similar regions from each brain section in the transgenic animals, highlighted for comparative purposes.
[0030] FIGURES 5A-D show long-term effects of oral dosing (100 mg/kg/day) of Sprague-Dawley rats with NAG-Bt on weight (A), food consumption (B), water consumption (C), and blood glucose levels (D) determined over four months. Data for eight control rats (squares) versus eight dosed rats (circles) are plotted on all graphs; no significant differences were noted.
[0031] FIGURE 6 is a bar graph showing results for organ weight measurements (brain, liver, pancreas, spleen, heart, fat, muscle) on rats dosed orally with NAG-Bt for 8 months at 100 mg/kg/day versus controls. Measurements were made on 6 rats per group, which were averaged. No significant differences were observed.
[0032] FIGURES 7A-G show Western blots of proteins from brain tissue of rats treated orally with NAG-AE (200 mg/kg/day in drinking water) or with vehicle alone (normal drinking water, 0 mg/kg/day), showing decreases in brain tau phosphorylation at multiple sites following treatment, as well as global increases in protein O-GlcNAc levels. Equal amounts of homogenized brain tissue from animals treated with and without NAG-AE (3 animals each) were separated by SDS-PAGE followed by probing with each of the primary antibodies and an appropriate secondary antibody. Figure 7A shows the Western blot of samples probed with Tau-5 (a phospho-independent tau antibody), and demonstrates equal loading of tau protein. Figures 7B-D show Western blots of the same samples probed with specific anti-phospho-tau antibodies, while Figure 7E shows analysis of the Western blot results by densitometry. Figure 7F shows a Western blot of whole brain lysates from these animals probed with the primary α-O-GlcNAc antibody, showing increases the global levels of O-GlcNAc in the brains of animals receiving NAG-AE. Figure 7G shows the same samples as in Figure 7F, probed using an anti-β-actin antibody and demonstrates equal sample loading. DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0033] The invention provides, in part, novel compounds that are capable of inhibiting an O-glycoprotein 2-acetamido-2-deoxy-β-D-glucopyranosidase (O-GlcNAcase). In some embodiments, the O-GlcNAcase is a mammalian O-GlcNAcase, such as a rat, mouse or human O-GlcNAcase. In some embodiments, the β-hexosaminidase is a mammalian β- hexosaminidase, such as a rat, mouse or human β-hexosaminidase.
[0034] In some embodiments, compounds according to the invention exhibit a surprising and unexpected selectivity in inhibiting an O-GlcNAcase. For example, when compared to the compounds described in Table 3 herein, the compounds according to the invention are surprisingly effective inhibitors of an O-GlcNAcase. In some embodiments, the compounds according to the invention are surprisingly more selective for an O-GlcNAcase over a β- hexosaminidase. In some embodiments, the compounds selectively inhibit the activity of a mammalian O-GlcNAcase over a mammalian β-hexosaminidase. In some embodiments, a selective inhibitor of an O-GlcNAcase does not substantially inhibit a β-hexosaminidase. A compound that "selectively" inhibits an O-GlcNAcase is a compound that inhibits the activity or biological function of an O-GlcNAcase, but does not substantially inhibit the activity or biological function of a β-hexosaminidase. For example, in some embodiments, a selective inhibitor of an O-GlcNAcase selectively inhibits the cleavage of 2-acetamido-2- deoxy-β-D-glucopyranoside (O-GlcNAc) from polypeptides. In some embodiments, a selective inhibitor of an O-GlcNAcase selectively binds to an O-GlcNAcase. In some embodiments, a selective inhibitor of an O-GlcNAcase inhibits hyperphosphorylation of a tau protein and/or inhibits formations of NFTs. By "inhibits," "inhibition" or "inhibiting" means a decrease by any value between 10% and 90%, or of any integer value between 30% and 60%, or over 100%, or a decrease by 1-fold, 2-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold or more. It is to be understood that the inhibiting does not require full inhibition, hi some embodiments, a selective inhibitor of an O-GlcNAcase elevates or enhances O-GlcNAc levels e.g., O- GlcNAc-modified polypeptide or protein levels, in cells, tissues, or organs (e.g., in brain, muscle, or heart (cardiac) tissue) and in animals. By "elevating" or "enhancing" is meant an increase by any value between 10% and 90%, or of any integer value between 30% and 60%, or over 100%, or an increase by 1-fold, 2-fold, 5-fold, 10-fold, 15-fold, 25-fold, 50- fold, 100-fold or more. In some embodiments, a selective inhibitor of an O-GlcNAcase exhibits a selectivity ratio, as described herein, in the range 100 to 100000, or in the range 1000 to 100000, or at least 100, 200, 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500, 3000, 3500, 4000, 4500, 5000, 6000, 7000, 10,000, 25,000, 50,000, 75,000, or any value within or about the described range.
[0035] The compounds of the present invention elevate O-GlcNAc levels on O-GlcNAc- modified polypeptides or proteins in vivo specifically via interaction with an O-GlcNAcase enzyme, and are effective in treating conditions which require or respond to inhibition of O- GlcNAcase activity.
[0036] In some embodiments, the compounds of the present invention are useful as agents that produce a decrease in tau phosphorylation and NFT formation. In some embodiments, the compounds are therefore useful to treat Alzheimer's disease and related tauopathies. In some embodiments, the compounds are thus capable of treating Alzheimer's disease and related tauopathies by lowering tau phosphorylation and reducing NFT formation as a result of increasing tau O-GlcNAc levels. In some embodiments, the compounds produce an increase in levels of O-GlcNAc modification on O-GlcNAc-modified polypeptides or proteins, and are therefore useful for treatment of disorders responsive to such increases in O-GlcNAc modification; these disorders include without limitation neurodegenerative, inflammatory, cardiovascular, and immunoregulatory diseases. In some embodiments, the compounds are also useful as a result of other biological activites related to their ability to inhibit the activity of glycosidase enzymes. In alternative embodiments, the compounds of the invention are valuable tools in studying the physiological role of O-GlcNAc at the cellular and organismal level.
[0037] In alternative embodiments, the invention provides methods of enhancing or elevating levels of protein O-GlcNAc modification in animal subjects, such as, veterinary and human subjects. In alternative embodiments, the invention provides methods of selectively inhibiting an O-GlcNAcase enzyme in animal subjects, such as, veterinary and human subjects. In alternative embodiments, the invention provides methods of inhibiting phosphorylation of tau polypeptides, or inhibiting formation of NFTs, in animal subjects, such as, veterinary and human subjects.
[0038] In specific embodiments, the invention provides compounds described generally by Formula (I) and the salts, prodrugs, and stereoisomeric forms thereof:
Figure imgf000018_0001
(I)
[0039] As set forth in Formula (I): each R1 can be independently a non-interfering substituent; R2 can be alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OR4, NR4 2, or NR4OR4, each of which may be optionally substituted with a non-interfering substituent, and where each R4 may be independently a non-interfering substituent; R3 can be OR4, N3, or NR4 2, where each R4 may be independently a non-interfering substituent. In some embodiments, each R1 may be connected to form an additional ring structure. In alternative embodiments, when R is OR , the OR4 group may be connected to either R1 to form an additional ring structure. [0040] In the above Formula (I), each optionally substituted moiety may be substituted with one or more non-interfering substituents. For example, each optionally substituted moiety may be substituted with one or more inorganic substituents; phosphoryl; halo; =0; =NR5; OR; C1-1O alkyl or C2-I0 alkenyl optionally containing one or more P, N, O, or S, and optionally substituted with halo; CN; optionally substituted carbonyl; NR5 2; C=NR5; an optionally substituted carbocyclic or heterocyclic ring; or an optionally substituted aryl or heteroaryl. R5 may be alkyl, branched alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl.
[0041] In some embodiments, R1 as set forth in Formula (I), may be either hydrogen or a substituent that includes 1 -20 atoms that are other than hydrogen. In some embodiments, R1 may be H, alkyl, or C(O)R5, where R5 may be alkyl, branched alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R1 may be H or C(O)CH3.
[0042] In some embodiments, R2 as set forth in Formula (I), may be optionally substituted alkyl, OR, NR2, or NR6OR6, where R6 may be H, alkyl, branched alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R2 may be CH2F, CHF2, CF3, (CH2)2CH=CH2, (CHs)2CH=CHCH3, CH2OCH3, (CH2)2CF3, cyclopropylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, NH2, NHCH3, NHCH2CH3, NH(CH2)2CH3, NH(CH2)3CH3, NHCH2CH=CH2, NHcyclopropyl, NHCH2CH2F, NHCH2CHF2, NHCH2CF3, NHCH2CH2OH, NHCH2CH2OC(O)CH3, N(CHj)2, N(CH3)(CH2CH3), NHOCH3, OCH3, or (CH2)2CH3.
[0043] In some embodiments, R3 as set forth in Formula (I), maybe OR, N3, or NR7 2, where R7 may be H, alkyl, branched alkyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl. In some embodiments, R3 maybe OH, OC(O)CH3, N3, Or NH2.
[0044] In specific embodiments of the invention, compounds according to Formula (I) include one or more of the compounds described in Table 1.
Table 1.
Figure imgf000019_0001
Figure imgf000020_0001
Figure imgf000021_0001
Figure imgf000022_0001
Figure imgf000023_0001
Figure imgf000024_0001
Figure imgf000025_0001
Figure imgf000026_0001
[0045] In alternative embodiments of the invention, compounds according to Formula (I) include one or more of the compounds described in Table 2. Table 2.
Figure imgf000027_0001
Figure imgf000028_0001
Figure imgf000029_0001
Figure imgf000030_0001
Figure imgf000031_0001
Figure imgf000032_0001
Figure imgf000033_0001
Figure imgf000034_0001
[0046] In alternative embodiments of the invention, compounds according to Formula (I) include one or more of the compounds described in Table 3.
Table 3.
Figure imgf000034_0002
Figure imgf000035_0001
Figure imgf000036_0001
[0047] In alternative embodiments of the invention, one or more of the compounds described in Tables 1, 2 or 3 are specifically excluded from the compounds described in Formula (I). In alternative embodiments of the invention, specific stereoisomers or enantiomers of one or more of the compounds described in Tables 1, 2 or 3 are specifically excluded from the compounds described in Formula (I). In alternative embodiments of the invention, specific precursors of one or more of the compounds described in Tables 1, 2 or 3 are specifically excluded from the compounds described in Formula (I).
[0048] In some embodiments, when each R1 is H and R3 is OH, R2 is not CH3, CH2CH3, (CH2)2CH3, (CH2)3CH3, (CH2)4CH3, (CHa)6CH3, CH(CH3)2, CH2CH(CH3)2, NH(phenyl), NH(4-methoxyphenyl), N(CH3)2, (CH2)2P(O)(OH)(OCH3), or (CH2)2P(O)(OHXO(CH2)7CH3).
[0049] In alternative embodiments, when each R1 is COCH3 and R3 is OC(O)CH3, R2 excludes CH3, CH2CH3, (CH2)2CH3, (CH2)3CH3, (CH2)4CH3, (CH2)6CH3, CH(CH3)2, CH2CH(CHs)2, NH(phenyl), NH(4-methoxyphenyl), N(CH3)2, (CH2)2P(O)(OH)(OCH3), and (CH2)2P(O)(OH)(O(CH2)7CH3), NHCH3, NH(CH2)2CH3, NHCH(CH3)2, NH(CH2)3CH3, NH(cyclohexyl), NH(benzyl), CH2Br, CHBr2, CH2P(O)(OCH2CH3)2, (CH2)2P(O)(OCH3)(O(CH2)7CH3), (CH2)2P(O)(OCH3)2; (CH2)2P(O)(OCH3)2 , N(COCH3)(phenyl), and N(COCH3)(4-methoxyphenyl).
[0050] As will be appreciated by a person skilled in the art, Formula (I) above may also be represented alternatively as follows:
Figure imgf000037_0001
[0051] As used herein the singular forms "a", "and", and "the" include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. For example, "a compound" refers to one or more of such compounds, while "the enzyme" includes a particular enzyme as well as other family members and equivalents thereof as known to those skilled in the art. [0052] Throughout this application, it is contemplated that the term "compound" or "compounds" refers to the compounds discussed herein and includes precursors and derivatives of the compounds, including acyl-protected derivatives, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds, precursors, and derivatives. The invention also includes prodrugs of the compounds, pharmaceutical compositions including the compounds and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, and pharmaceutical compositions including prodrugs of the compounds and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
[0053] In some embodiments, all of the compounds of the invention contain at least one chiral center. In some embodiments, the formulations, preparation, and compositions including compounds according to the invention include mixtures of stereoisomers, individual stereoisomers, and enantiomeric mixtures, and mixtures of multiple stereoisomers. In general, the compound may be supplied in any desired degree of chiral purity.
[0054] In general, a "non-interfering substituent" is a substituent whose presence does not destroy the ability of the compound of Formula (I) to modulate the activity of the O- GlcNAcase enzyme. Specifically, the presence of the substituent does not destroy the effectiveness of the compound as a modulator of the activity of the O-GlcNAcase enzyme. [0055] Suitable non-interfering substituents include: H, alkyl (C1-Io), alkenyl (C2-io), alkynyl (C2-10), aryl (5-12 members), arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, or arylalkynyl, each of which may optionally contain one or more heteroatoms selected from O, S, P, and N, and each of which may be further substituted, for example, by =0; or optionally substituted forms of acyl, arylacyl, alkyl- alkenyl-, alkynyl- or arylsulfonyl and forms thereof which contain heteroatoms in the alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl or aryl moieties. Other noninterfering substituents include =0, =NR, halo, CN, CF3, CHF2, NO2, OR, SR, NR2, N3, COOR, and CONR2, where R is H or alkyl, cycloalkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl. Where the substituted atom is C, the substituents may include, in addition to the substituents listed above, halo, OOCR, NROCR, where R is H or a substituent set forth above.
[0056] "Alkyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain group consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, containing no unsaturation and including, for example, from one to ten carbon atoms, and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, the alkyl group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents as described herein. Unless stated otherwise specifically herein, it is understood that the substitution can occur on any carbon of the alkyl group.
[0057] "Alkenyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain group consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, containing at least one double bond and including, for example, from two to ten carbon atoms, and which is attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond or a double bond. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, the alkenyl group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents as described herein. Unless stated otherwise specifically herein, it is understood that the substitution can occur on any carbon of the alkenyl group. [0058] "Alkynyl" refers to a straight or branched hydrocarbon chain group consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, containing at least one triple bond and including, for example, from two to ten carbon atoms. Unless stated otherwise specifically in the specification, the alkenyl group may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents as described herein. [0059] "Aryl" refers to a phenyl or naphthyl group, including for example, 5-12 members. Unless stated otherwise specifically herein, the term "aryl" is meant to include aryl groups optionally substituted by one or more substituents as described herein. [0060] "Arylalkyl" refers to a group of the formula -RaRb where R3 is an alkyl group as described herein and Rb is one or more aryl moieties as described herein. The aryl group(s) may be optionally substituted as described herein.
[0061] "Arylalkenyl" refers to a group of the formula -R0Rb where R0 is an alkenyl moiety as described herein and Rb is one or more aryl groups as described herein. The aryl group(s) and the alkenyl group may be optionally substituted as described herein.
[0062] "Acyl" refers to a group of the formula -C(O)R3, where R3 is an alkyl group as described herein. The alkyl group(s) may be optionally substituted as described herein.
[0063] "Arylacyl" refers to a group of the formula -C(O)Rb, where Rb is an aryl group as described herein. The aryl group(s) may be optionally substituted as described herein.
[0064] "Cycloalkyl" refers to a stable monovalent monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic hydrocarbon group consisting solely of carbon and hydrogen atoms, having for example from 3 to 15 carbon atoms, and which is saturated and attached to the rest of the molecule by a single bond. Unless otherwise stated specifically herein, the term "cycloalkyl" is meant to include cycloalkyl groups which are optionally substituted as described herein.
[0065] By a "ring structure" is meant a cycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or any cyclic structure that may be optionally substituted.
[0066] "Optional" or "optionally" means that the subsequently described event of circumstances may or may not occur, and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances in which it does not. For example, "optionally substituted alkyl" means that the alkyl group may or may not be substituted and that the description includes both substituted alkyl groups and alkyl groups having no substitution. Examples of optionally substituted alkyl groups include, without limitation, methyl, ethyl, propyl, etc. and including cycloalkyls such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, etc.; examples of optionally substituted alkenyl groups include allyl, crotyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-hexenyl, 2-cyclopentenyl, 2-cyclohexenyl, 2-cyclopentenylmethyl, 2-cyclohexenylmethyl, etc. In some embodiments, optionally substituted alkyl and alkenyl groups include Ci-6 alkyls or alkenyls.
[0067] "Halo" refers to bromo, chloro, fluoro, iodo, etc. In some embodiments, suitable halogens include fluorine or chlorine. [0068] An amino group may also be substituted once or twice (to form a secondary or tertiary amine) with a group such as an optionally substituted alkyl group including Ci-ioalkyl (e.g., methyl, ethyl propyl etc.); an optionally substituted alkenyl group such as allyl, crotyl, 2-pentenyl, 3-hexenyl, etc., or an optionally substituted cycloalkyl group such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, etc. In these cases, C1-6 alkyl, alkenyl and cycloalkyl are preferred. The amine group may also be optionally substituted with an aromatic or heterocyclic group, aralkyl (e.g., phenylCi-4alkyl) or heteroalkyl for example, phenyl, pyridine, phenylmethyl (benzyl), phenethyl, pyridinylmethyl, pyridinylethyl, etc. The heterocyclic group may be a 5 or 6 membered ring containing 1 -4 heteroatoms.
[0069] An amino group may be substituted with an optionally substituted C2-4 alkanoyl, e.g., acetyl, propionyl, butyryl, isobutyryl etc., or a
Figure imgf000040_0001
(e.g., methanesulfonyl, ethanesulfonyl, etc.) or a carbonyl or sulfonyl substituted aromatic or heterocyclic ring, e.g., benzenesulfonyl, benzoyl, pyridinesulfonyl, pyridinecarbonyl etc. The heterocycles are as described herein.
[0070] Examples of optionally substituted carbonyl groups, or sulfonyl groups include optionally substituted forms of such groups formed from various hydrocarbyls such as alkyl, alkenyl and 5- to 6-membered monocyclic aromatic group (e.g., phenyl, pyridyl, etc.), as described herein. Therapeutic Indications
[0071] The invention provides methods of treating conditions that are modulated, directly or indirectly, by an O-GlcNAcase enzyme or by O-GlcNAc-modified protein levels, for example, a condition that is benefited by inhibition of an O-GlcNAcase enzyme or by an elevation of O-GlcNAc-modified protein levels. Such conditions include, without limitation, tauopathies, such as Alzheimer's disease, neurodegenerative diseases, cardiovascular diseases, diseases associated with inflammation, diseases associated with immunosuppression and cancers. The compounds of the invention are also useful in the treatment of diseases or disorders related to deficiency or over-expression of O-GlcNAcase or accumulation or depletion of O-GlcNAc, or any disease or disorder responsive to glycosidase inhibition therapy. Such diseases and disorders include, but are not limited to, neurodegenerative disorders, such as Alzheimer's disease (AD), and cancer. Such diseases and disorders may also include diseases or disorders related to the accumulation or deficiency in the enzyme OGTase. Also included is a method of protecting or treating target cells expressing proteins that are modified by O-GlcNAc residues, the dysregulation of which modification results in disease or pathology. The term "treating" as used herein includes treatment, prevention, and amelioration. [0072] In alternative embodiments, the invention provides methods of enhancing or elevating levels of protein O-GlcNAc modification in animal subjects, such as, veterinary and human subjects. This elevation of O-GlcNAc levels can be useful for the prevention or treatment of Alzheimer's disease; prevention or treatment of other neurodegenerative diseases (e.g. Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease); providing neuroprotective effects; preventing damage to cardiac tissue; and treating diseases associated with inflammation or immunosuppression.
[0073] In alternative embodiments, the invention provides methods of selectively inhibiting an O-GlcNAcase enzyme in animal subjects, such as veterinary and human subjects.
[0074] In alternative embodiments, the invention provides methods of inhibiting phosphorylation of tau polypeptides, or inhibiting formation of NFTs, in animal subjects, such as, veterinary and human subjects. Accordingly, the compounds of the invention may be used to study and treat AD and other tauopathies.
[0075] In general, the methods of the invention are effected by administering a compound according to the invention to a subject in need thereof, or by contacting a cell or a sample with a compound according to the invention, for example, a pharmaceutical composition comprising a therapeutically effective amount of the compound according to Formula (I). More particularly, they are useful in the treatment of a disorder in which the regulation of O-GlcNAc protein modification is implicated, or any condition as described herein. Disease states of interest include Alzheimer's disease (AD) and related neurodegenerative tauopathies, in which abnormal hyperphosphorylation of the microtubule-associated protein tau is involved in disease pathogenesis. In some embodiments, the compounds may be used to block hyperphosphorylation of tau by maintaining elevated levels of O-GlcNAc on tau, thereby providing therapeutic benefit.
[0076] Tauopathies that may be treated with the compounds of the invention include: Alzheimer's disease, Amylotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), Amylotrophic lateral sclerosis with cognitive impairment (ALSci), Argyrophilic grain dementia, Bluit disease, Corticobasal degeneration (CBD), Dementia pugilistica, Diffuse neurofibrillary tangles with calcification, Down's syndrome, Familial British dementia, Familial Danish dementia, Frontotemporal dementia with parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17 (FTDP- 17), Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker disease, Guadeloupean parkinsonism, Hallevorden-Spatz disease (neurodegeneration with brain iron accumulation type 1), Multiple system atrophy, Myotonic dystrophy, Niemann-Pick disease (type C), Pallido-ponto-nigral degeneration, Parkinsonism-dementia complex of Guam, Pick's disease (PiD), Postencephalitic parkinsonism (PEP), Prion diseases (including Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease (CJD), Variant Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease (vCJD), Fatal Familial Insomnia, and Kuru), Progressive supercortical gliosis, Progressive supranuclear palsy (PSP), Richardson's syndrome, Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis, and Tangle-only dementia.
[0077] The compounds of this invention are also useful in the treatment of conditions associate with tissue damage or stress, stimulating cells, or promoting differentiation of cells. Accordingly, in some embodiments, the compounds of this invention may be used to provide therapeutic benefit in a variety of conditions or medical procedures involving stress in cardiac tissue, including but not limited to: ischemia; hemorrhage; hypovolemic shock; myocardial infarction; an interventional cardiology procedure; cardiac bypass surgery; fibrinolytic therapy; angioplasty; and stent placement.
[0078] Compounds that selectively inhibit O-GlcNAcase activity may be used for the treatment of diseases that are associated with inflammation, including but not limited to, inflammatory or allergic diseases such as asthma, allergic rhinitis, hypersensitivity lung diseases, hypersensitivity pneumonitis, eosinophilic pneumonias, delayed-type hypersensitivity, atherosclerosis, interstitial lung disease (ILD) (e.g., idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, or ILD associated with rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, ankylosing spondylitis, systemic sclerosis, Sjogren's syndrome, polymyositis or dermatomyositis); systemic anaphylaxis or hypersensitivity responses, drug allergies, insect sting allergies; autoimmune diseases, such as rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, multiple sclerosis, systemic lupus erythematosus, myastenia gravis, glomerulonephritis, autoimmune thyroiditis, graft rejection, including allograft rejection or graft-versus-host disease; inflammatory bowel diseases, such as Crohn's disease and ulcerative colitis; spondyloarthropathies; scleroderma; psoriasis (including T-cell mediated psoriasis) and inflammatory dermatoses such as dermatitis, eczema, atopic dermatitis, allergic contact dermatitis, urticaria; vasculitis (e.g., necrotizing, cutaneous, and hypersensitivity vasculitis); eosinphilic myotis, eosiniphilic fasciitis; and cancers. [0079] In addition, compounds that affects levels of protein O-GlcNAc modification may be used for the treatment of diseases associated with immunosuppression, such as in individuals undergoing chemotherapy, radiation therapy, enhanced wound healing and burn treatment, therapy for autoimmune disease or other drug therapy (e.g., corticosteroid therapy) or combination of conventional drugs used in the treatment of autoimmune diseases and graft/transplantation rejection, which causes immunosuppression; or immunosuppression due to congenital deficiency in receptor function or other causes.
[0080] The compounds of the invention may be useful for treatment of neurodegenerative diseases, including Parkinson's disease and Huntington's disease. Other conditions that may be treated are those triggered, affected, or in any other way correlated with levels of O- GIcNAc post-translational protein modification. It is expected that the compounds of this invention may be useful for the treatment of such conditions and in particular, but not limited to, the following for which a association with O-GlcNAc levels on proteins has been established: graft rejection, in particular but not limited to solid organ transplants, such as heart, lung, liver, kidney, and pancreas transplants (e.g. kidney and lung allografts); cancer, in particular but not limited to cancer of the breast, lung, prostate, pancreas, colon, rectum, bladder, kidney, ovary; as well as non-Hodgkin's lymphoma and melanoma; epilepsy, pain, or stroke, e.g., for neuroprotection following a stroke.
Pharmaceutical & Veterinary Compositions, Dosages. And Administration
[0081 ] Pharmaceutical compositions including compounds according to the invention, or for use according to the invention, are contemplated as being within the scope of the invention. In some embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions including an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) are provided. [0082] The compounds of formula (I) and their pharmaceutically acceptable salts, stereoisomers, solvates, and derivatives are useful because they have pharmacological activity in animals, including humans. In some embodiments, the compounds according to the invention are stable in plasma, when administered to a subject.
[0083] In some embodiments, compounds according to the invention, or for use according to the invention, may be provided in combination with any other active agents or pharmaceutical compositions where such combined therapy is useful to modulate O- GlcNAcase activity, for example, to treat neurodegenerative, inflammatory, cardiovascular, or immunoregulatory diseases, or any condition described herein. In some embodiments, compounds according to the invention, or for use according to the invention, may be provided in combination with one or more agents useful in the prevention or treatment of Alzheimer's disease. Examples of such agents include, without limitation, • acetylcholine esterase inhibitors (AChEIs) such as Aricept® (Donepezil), Exelon®
(Rivastigmine), Razadyne® (Razadyne ER®, Reminyl®, Nivalin®, Galantamine), Cognex® (Tacrine), Dimebon, Huperzine A, Phenserine, Debio-9902 SR (ZT-I SR), Zanapezil (TAK0147), ganstigmine, NP7557, etc.;
• NMDA receptor antagonists such as Namenda® (Axura®, Akatinol®, Ebixa®, Memantine), Dimebon, SGS-742, Neramexane, Debio-9902 SR (ZT-I SR), etc.;
• gamma-secretase inhibitors and/or modulators such as Flurizan™ (Tarenflurbil, MPC-7869, R-flurbiprofen), LY450139, MK 0752, E2101, BMS-289948, BMS- 299897, BMS-433796, LY-411575, etc.;
• beta-secretase inhibitors such as ATG-Zl, etc.; • alpha-secretase activators, such as NGX267, etc;
• amyloid-β aggregation and/or fibrillization inhibitors such as Alzhemed™ (3APS, Tramiprosate, 3-amino-l-ρroρanesulfonic acid), AL-108, AL-208, AZD-103, PBT2, Cereact, ONO-2506PO, PPI-558, etc.;
• tau aggregation inhibitors such as methylene blue, etc.; • microtubule stabilizers such as AL- 108, AL-208, paclitaxel, etc.;
• RAGE inhibitors, such as TTP488, etc.;
• 5 -HTl a receptor antagonists, such as Xaliproden, Lecozotan, etc.;
• 5-HT4 receptor antagonists, such as PRX-03410, etc.;
• kinase inhibitors such as SRN-003-556, amfurindamide, LiCl, AZD1080, NP031112, SAR-502250, etc.
• humanized monoclonal anti-Aβ antibodies such as Bapineuzumab (AAB-001), LY2062430, RN1219, ACU-5A5, etc.;
• amyloid vaccines such as AN- 1792, ACC-001
• neuroprotective agents such as Cerebrolysin, AL-108, AL-208, Huperzine A, etc.; • L-type calcium channel antagonists such as MEM- 1003, etc.;
• nicotinic receptor antagonists, such as AZD3480, GTS-21, etc.;
• nicotinic receptor agonists, such as MEM 3454, Nefiracetam, etc.; • peroxisome proliferator-activated receptor (PPAR) gamma agonists such as Avandia® (Rosglitazone), etc.;
• phosphodiesterase IV (PDE4) inhibitors, such as MK-0952, etc.;
• hormone replacement therapy such as estrogen (Premarin), etc.; • monoamine oxidase (MAO) inhibitors such as NS2330, Rasagiline (Azilect®),
TVP- 1012, etc.;
• AMPA receptor modulators such as Ampalex (CX 516), etc.;
• nerve growth factors or NGF potentiators, such as CERE-110 (AAV-NGF), T-588, T-817MA, etc; • agents that prevent the release of luteinizing hormone (LH) by the pituitary gland, such as leuoprolide (VP-4896), etc.;
• GABA receptor modulators such as AC-3933, NGD 97-1 , CP-457920, etc.;
• benzodiazepine receptor inverse agonists such as SB-737552 (S-8510), AC-3933, etc.; • noradrenaline-releasing agents such as T-588, T-817MA, etc.
[0084] It is to be understood that combination of compounds according to the invention, or for use according to the invention, with Alzheimer's agents is not limited to the examples described herein, but includes combination with any agent useful for the treatment of Alzheimer's disease. Combination of compounds according to the invention, or for use according to the invention, and other Alzheimer's agents may be administered separately or in conjunction. The administration of one agent may be prior to, concurrent to, or subsequent to the administration of other agent(s).
[0085] In alternative embodiments, the compounds may be supplied as "prodrugs" or protected forms, which release the compound after administration to a subject. For example, the compound may carry a protective group which is split off by hydrolysis in body fluids, e.g., in the bloodstream, thus releasing the active compound or is oxidized or reduced in body fluids to release the compound. Accordingly, a "prodrug" is meant to indicate a compound that may be converted under physiological conditions or by solvolysis to a biologically active compound of the invention. Thus, the term "prodrug" refers to a metabolic precursor of a compound of the invention that is pharmaceutically acceptable. A prodrug may be inactive when administered to a subject in need thereof, but is converted in vivo to an active compound of the invention. Prodrugs are typically rapidly transformed in vivo to yield the parent compound of the invention, for example, by hydrolysis in blood. The prodrug compound often offers advantages of solubility, tissue compatibility or delayed release in a subject.
[0086] The term "prodrug" is also meant to include any covalently bonded carriers which release the active compound of the invention in vivo when such prodrug is administered to a subj ect. Prodrugs of a compound of the invention may be prepared by modifying functional groups present in the compound of the invention in such a way that the modifications are cleaved, either in routine manipulation or in vivo, to the parent compound of the invention. Prodrugs include compounds of the invention wherein a hydroxy, amino or mercapto group is bonded to any group that, when the prodrug of the compound of the invention is administered to a mammalian subject, cleaves to form a free hydroxy, free amino or free mercapto group, respectively. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, acetate, formate and benzoate derivatives of alcohol and acetamide, formamide, andbenzamide derivatives of amine functional groups in the compounds of the invention and the like.
[0087] A discussion of prodrugs may be found in "Smith and Williams' Introduction to the Principles of Drug Design," H.J. Smith, Wright, Second Edition, London (1988); Bundgard,
H., Design of Prodrugs (1985), pp. 7-9, 21-24 (Elsevier, Amsterdam); The Practice of
Medicinal Chemistry, Camille G. Wermuth et al., Ch 31, (Academic Press, 1996); A
Textbook of Drug Design and Development, P. Krogsgaard-Larson and H. Bundgaard, eds.
Ch 5, pgs 113 191 (Harwood Academic Publishers, 1991); Higuchi, T., et al, "Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems," A.C.S. Symposium Series, Vol. 14; or in Bioreversible Carriers in
Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon
Press, 1987, all of which are incorporated in full by reference herein.
[0088] Suitable prodrug forms of the compounds of the invention include embodiments in which R1 is C(O)R and R3 is OC(O)R, where R is optionally substituted alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, or heteroaryl. In these cases the ester groups may be hydrolyzed in vivo (e.g. in bodily fluids), releasing the active compounds in which R1 is H and R3 is OH. Preferred prodrug embodiments of the invention are the compounds of Formula (I) where R1 is C(O)CH3 and R3 is OC(O)CH3.
[0089] Compounds according to the invention, or for use according to the invention, can be provided alone or in combination with other compounds in the presence of a liposome, an adjuvant, or any pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient, in a form suitable for administration to a subject such as a mammal, for example, humans, cattle, sheep, etc. If desired, treatment with a compound according to the invention may be combined with more traditional and existing therapies for the therapeutic indications described herein. Compounds according to the invention may be provided chronically or intermittently. "Chronic" administration refers to administration of the compound(s) in a continuous mode as opposed to an acute mode, so as to maintain the initial therapeutic effect (activity) for an extended period of time. "Intermittent" administration is treatment that is not consecutively done without interruption, but rather is cyclic in nature. The terms "administration," "administrable," or "administering" as used herein should be understood to mean providing a compound of the invention to the subject in need of treatment. [0090] "Pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient" includes without limitation any adjuvant, carrier, excipient, glidant, sweetening agent, diluent, preservative, dye/colorant, flavor enhancer, surfactant, wetting agent, dispersing agent, suspending agent, stabilizer, isotonic agent, solvent, or emulsifier that has been approved, for example, by the United States Food and Drug Administration or other governmental agency as being acceptable for use in humans or domestic animals.
[0091] The compounds of the present invention may be administered in the form of pharmaceutically acceptable salts. In such cases, pharmaceutical compositions in accordance with this invention may comprise a salt of such a compound, preferably a physiologically acceptable salt, which are known in the art. In some embodiments, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" as used herein means an active ingredient comprising compounds of Formula 1 used in the form of a salt thereof, particularly where the salt form confers on the active ingredient improved pharmacokinetic properties as compared to the free form of the active ingredient or other previously disclosed salt form.
[0092] A "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" includes both acid and base addition salts. A "pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salt" refers to those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free bases, which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable, and which are formed with inorganic acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid and the like, and organic acids such as acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, propionic acid, glycolic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, maleic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, benzoic acid, cinnamic acid, mandelic acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid, and the like. [0093] A "pharmaceutically acceptable base addition salt" refers to those salts which retain the biological effectiveness and properties of the free acids, which are not biologically or otherwise undesirable. These salts are prepared from addition of an inorganic base or an organic base to the free acid. Salts derived from inorganic bases include, but are not limited to, the sodium, potassium, lithium, ammonium, calcium, magnesium, iron, zinc, copper, manganese, aluminum salts and the like. Preferred inorganic salts are the ammonium, sodium, potassium, calcium, and magnesium salts. Salts derived from organic bases include, but are not limited to, salts of primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, substituted amines including naturally occurring substituted amines, cyclic amines and basic ion exchange resins, such as isopropylamine, trimethylamine, diethylamine, triethylamine, tripropylamine, ethanolamine, 2-dimethylaminoethanol, 2-diethylaminoethanol, dicyclohexylamine, lysine, arginine, histidine, caffeine, procaine, hydrabamine, choline, betaine, ethylenediamine, glucosamine,methylglucamine, theobromine, purines, piperazine, piperidine, N-ethylpiperidine, polyamine resins and the like. Particularly preferred organic bases are isopropylamine, diethylamine, ethanolamine, trimethylamine, dicyclohexylamine, choline and caffeine.
[0094] Thus, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" encompasses all acceptable salts including but not limited to acetate, lactobionate, benzenesulfonate, laurate, benzoate, malate, bicarbonate, maleate, bisulfate, mandelate, bitartarate, mesylate, borate, methylbromide, bromide, methylnitrite, calcium edetate, methylsulfate, camsylate, mucate, carbonate, napsylate, chloride, nitrate, clavulanate, N-methylglucamine, citrate, ammonium salt, dihydrochloride, oleate, edetate, oxalate, edisylate, pamoate (embonate), estolate, palmitate, esylate, pantothenate, fumarate, phosphate/diphosphate, gluceptate, polygalacturonate, gluconate, salicylate, glutame, stearate, glycollylarsanilate, sulfate, hexylresorcinate, subacetate, hydradamine, succinate, hydrobromide, tannate, hydrochloride, tartrate, hydroxynaphthoate, teoclate, iodide, tosylate, isothionate, triethiodide, lactate, panoate, valerate, and the like.
[0095] Pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of the present invention can be used as a dosage for modifying solubility or hydrolysis characteristics, or can be used in sustained release or prodrug formulations. Also, pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compounds of this invention may include those formed from cations such as sodium, potassium, aluminum, calcium, lithium, magnesium, zinc, and from bases such as ammonia, ethylenediamine, N-methyl-glutamine, lysine, arginine, ornithine, choline, N,N'-dibenzylethylene-diamine, chloroprocaine, diethanolamine, procaine, N-benzylphenethyl-amine, diethylamine, piperazine, tris(hydroxymethyl)aminomethane, and tetramethylammonium hydroxide.
[0096] Pharmaceutical formulations will typically include one or more carriers acceptable for the mode of administration of the preparation, be it by injection, inhalation, topical administration, lavage, or other modes suitable for the selected treatment. Suitable carriers are those known in the art for use in such modes of administration.
[0097] Suitable pharmaceutical compositions may be formulated by means known in the art and their mode of administration and dose determined by the skilled practitioner. For parenteral administration, a compound may be dissolved in sterile water or saline or a pharmaceutically acceptable vehicle used for administration of non- water soluble compounds such as those used for vitamin K. For enteral administration, the compound may be administered in a tablet, capsule or dissolved in liquid form. The table or capsule may be enteric coated, or in a formulation for sustained release. Many suitable formulations are known, including, polymeric or protein microparticles encapsulating a compound to be released, ointments, gels, hydrogels, or solutions which can be used topically or locally to administer a compound. A sustained release patch or implant may be employed to provide release over a prolonged period of time. Many techniques known to skilled practitioners are described in Remington: the Science & Practice of Pharmacy by Alfonso Gennaro, 20th ed., Williams & Wilkins, (2000). Formulations for parenteral administration may, for example, contain excipients, polyalkylene glycols such as polyethylene glycol, oils of vegetable origin, or hydrogenated naphthalenes. Biocompatible, biodegradable lactide polymer, lactide/glycolide copolymer, or polyoxyethylene-polyoxypropylene copolymers may be used to control the release of the compounds. Other potentially useful parenteral delivery systems for modulatory compounds include ethylene- vinyl acetate copolymer particles, osmotic pumps, implantable infusion systems, and liposomes. Formulations for inhalation may contain excipients, for example, lactose, or may be aqueous solutions containing, for example, polyoxyethylene-9-lauryl ether, glycocholate and deoxycholate, or may be oily solutions for administration in the form of nasal drops, or as a gel. [0098] The compounds or pharmaceutical compositions according to the present invention may be administered by oral or non-oral, e.g., intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, intracisternal injection or infusion, subcutaneous injection, transdermal or transmucosal routes. In some embodiments, compounds or pharmaceutical compositions in accordance with this invention or for use in this invention may be administered by means of a medical device or appliance such as an implant, graft, prosthesis, stent, etc. Implants may be devised which are intended to contain and release such compounds or compositions. An example would be an implant made of a polymeric material adapted to release the compound over a period of time. The compounds may be administered alone or as a mixture with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier e.g., as solid formulations such as tablets, capsules, granules, powders, etc.; liquid formulations such as syrups, injections, etc.; injections, drops, suppositories, pessaryies. In some embodiments, compounds or pharmaceutical compositions in accordance with this invention or for use in this invention may be administered by inhalation spray, nasal, vaginal, rectal, sublingual, or topical routes and may be formulated, alone or together, in suitable dosage unit formulations containing conventional non-toxic pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, adjuvants and vehicles appropriate for each route of administration.
[0099] The compounds of the invention may be used to treat animals, including mice, rats, horses, cattle, sheep, dogs, cats, and monkeys. However, compounds of the invention can also be used in other organisms, such as avian species (e.g., chickens). The compounds of the invention may also be effective for use in humans. The term "subject" or alternatively referred to herein as "patient" is intended to be referred to an animal, preferably a mammal, most preferably a human, who has been the object of treatment, observation or experiment. However, the compounds, methods and pharmaceutical compositions of the present invention may be used in the treatment of animals. Accordingly, as used herein, a "subject" may be a human, non-human primate, rat, mouse, cow, horse, pig, sheep, goat, dog, cat, etc. The subject may be suspected of having or at risk for having a condition requiring modulation of O-GlcNAcase activity. [00100] An "effective amount" of a compound according to the invention includes a therapeutically effective amount or a prophylactically effective amount. A "therapeutically effective amount" refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired therapeutic result, such as inhibition of an O-GlcNAcase, elevation of O-GlcNAc levels, inhibition of tau phosphorylation, or any condition described herein. A therapeutically effective amount of a compound may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the individual, and the ability of the compound to elicit a desired response in the individual. Dosage regimens may be adjusted to provide the optimum therapeutic response. A therapeutically effective amount is also one in which any toxic or detrimental effects of the compound are outweighed by the therapeutically beneficial effects. A "prophylactically effective amount" refers to an amount effective, at dosages and for periods of time necessary, to achieve the desired prophylactic result, such as inhibition of an O-GlcNAcase, elevation of O-GlcNAc levels, inhibition of tau phosphorylation, or any condition described herein. Typically, a prophylactic dose is used in subjects prior to or at an earlier stage of disease, so that a prophylactically effective amount may be less than a therapeutically effective amount. A suitable range for therapeutically or prophylactically effective amounts of a compound may be any integer from 0.1 nM-0.1M, 0.1 nM-0.05M, 0.05 nM-15μM or 0.01 nM-10μM. [00101] In alternative embodiments, in the treatment or prevention of conditions which require modulation of O-GlcNAcase activity, an appropriate dosage level will generally be about 0.01 to 500 mg per kg subject body weight per day, and can be administered in singe or multiple doses. In some embodiments, the dosage level will be about 0.1 to about 250 mg/kg per day. It will be understood that the specific dose level and frequency of dosage for any particular patient may be varied and will depend upon a variety of factors including the activity of the specific compound used, the metabolic stability and length of action of that compound, the age, body weight, general health, sex, diet, mode and time of administration, rate of excretion, drug combination, the severity of the particular condition, and the patient undergoing therapy. [00102] It is to be noted that dosage values may vary with the severity of the condition to be alleviated. For any particular subject, specific dosage regimens may be adjusted over time according to the individual need and the professional judgement of the person administering or supervising the administration of the compositions. Dosage ranges set forth herein are exemplary only and do not limit the dosage ranges that may be selected by medical practitioners. The amount of active compound(s) in the composition may vary according to factors such as the disease state, age, sex, and weight of the subject. Dosage regimens may be adjusted to provide the optimum therapeutic response. For example, a single bolus may be administered, several divided doses may be administered over time or the dose may be proportionally reduced or increased as indicated by the exigencies of the therapeutic situation. It may be advantageous to formulate parenteral compositions in dosage unit form for ease of administration and uniformity of dosage. In general, compounds of the invention should be used without causing substantial toxicity, and as described herein, the compounds exhibit a suitable safety profile for therapeutic use. Toxicity of the compounds of the invention can be determined using standard techniques, for example, by testing in cell cultures or experimental animals and determining the therapeutic index, i.e., the ratio between the LD50 (the dose lethal to 50% of the population) and the LDlOO (the dose lethal to 100% of the population). In some circumstances however, such as in severe disease conditions, it may be necessary to administer substantial excesses of the compositions.
[00103]
[00104] Other Uses and Assays
[00105] A compound of Formula (I) may be used in screening assays for compounds which modulate the activity of glycosidase enzymes, preferably the O-GlcNAcase enzyme. The ability of a test compound to inhibit O-GlcNAcase-dependent cleavage of O-GlcNAc from a model substrate may be measured using any assays, as described herein or known to one of ordinary skill in the art. For example, a fluoresence or UV-based assay known in the art may be used. A "test compound" is any naturally-occurring or artificially-derived chemical compound. Test compounds may include, without limitation, peptides, polypeptides, synthesised organic molecules, naturally occurring organic molecules, and nucleic acid molecules. A test compound can "compete" with a known compound such as a compound of Formula (I) by, for example, interfering with inhibition of O-GlcNAcase-dependent cleavage of O-GlcNAc or by interfering with any biological response induced by a compound of Formula (I).
[00106] Generally, a test compound can exhibit any value between 10% and 200%, or over 500%, modulation when compared to a compound of Formula (I) or other reference compound. For example, a test compound may exhibit at least any positive or negative integer from 10% to 200% modulation, or at least any positive or negative integer from 30% to 150% modulation, or at least any positive or negative integer from 60% to 100% modulation, or any positive or negative integer over 100% modulation. A compound that is a negative modulator will in general decrease modulation relative to a known compound, while a compound that is a positive modulator will in general increase modulation relative to a known compound. [00107] In general, test compounds are identified from large libraries of both natural products or synthetic (or semi-synthetic) extracts or chemical libraries according to methods known in the art. Those skilled in the field of drug discovery and development will understand that the precise source of test extracts or compounds is not critical to the method(s) of the invention. Accordingly, virtually any number of chemical extracts or compounds can be screened using the exemplary methods described herein. Examples of such extracts or compounds include, but are not limited to, plant-, fungal-, prokaryotic- or animal-based extracts, fermentation broths, and synthetic compounds, as well as modification of existing compounds. Numerous methods are also available for generating random or directed synthesis (e.g., semi-synthesis or total synthesis) of any number of chemical compounds, including, but not limited to, saccharide-, lipid-, peptide-, and nucleic acid-based compounds. Synthetic compound libraries are commercially available. Alternatively, libraries of natural compounds in the form of bacterial, fungal, plant, and animal extracts are commercially available from a number of sources, including Biotics (Sussex, UK), Xenova (Slough, UK), Harbor Branch Oceanographic Institute (Ft. Pierce, FL, USA), and PharmaMar, MA, USA. In addition, natural and synthetically produced libraries are produced, if desired, according to methods known in the art, e.g., by standard extraction and fractionation methods. Furthermore, if desired, any library or compound is readily modified using standard chemical, physical, or biochemical methods.
[00108] When a crude extract is found to modulate inhibition of O-GlcNAcase-dependent cleavage of O-GlcNAc, or any biological response induced by a compound of Formula (I), further fractionation of the positive lead extract is necessary to isolate chemical constituents responsible for the observed effect. Thus, the goal of the extraction, fractionation, and purification process is the careful characterization and identification of a chemical entity within the crude extract having O-GlcNAcase- inhibitory activities. The same assays described herein for the detection of activities in mixtures of compounds can be used to purify the active component and to test derivatives thereof. Methods of fractionation and purification of such heterogeneous extracts are known in the art. If desired, compounds shown to be useful agents for treatment are chemically modified according to methods known in the art. Compounds identified as being of therapeutic, prophylactic, diagnostic, or other value may be subsequently analyzed using a suitable animal model, as described herein on known in the art. [00109] In some embodiments, the compounds are useful in the development of animal models for studying diseases or disorders related to deficiencies in O-GlcNAcase, over- expression of O-GlcNAcase, accumulation of O-GlcNAc, depletion of O-GlcNAc, and for studying treatment of diseases and disorders related to deficiency or over-expression of O- GlcNAcase, or accumulation or depletion of O-GlcNAc. Such diseases and disorders include neurodegenerative diseases, including Alzheimer's disease, and cancer.
[00110] Various alternative embodiments and examples of the invention are described herein. These embodiments and examples are illustrative and should not be construed as limiting the scope of the invention.
[00111] EXAMPLES
[00112] The following examples are intended to illustrate embodiments of the invention and are not intended to be construed in a limiting manner. Many compounds in the following examples were prepared according to the synthetic route outlined in Scheme 1.
Figure imgf000054_0001
■ (C) R1 = OAc ϋi
*→- (D) R1 = OH
ia) RCOCI, Et3N, CH2CI2, 09C; Ib) EDC or DCC, RCOOH ii) Lawesson's Reagent, ToI, Δ; iii) a) NaOMe, MeOH, b) AcOH, MeOH
Scheme 1: Preparation of compounds General Procedures:
[00113] General Procedure A: Synthesis of 2-amido sugars (B). To a suspension of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-amino-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate hydrochloride (2.0 g, 5.2 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (50 mL) was added triethylamine (1.45 mL, 10.4 mmol), at which time the starting material dissolved. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0 0C, and 1.5 equiv of the appropriate acid chloride (7.8 mmol) was added via syringe. The resultant mixture was stirred for 2 h at room temperature. When the reaction mixture was judged complete by TLC analysis, EtOAc (200 mL) was added. The organic phase was washed successively with water, 1 M aqueous NaOH, and brine. The organic phase was dried (MgSO4) and concentrated to yield a white crystalline solid. The material thus obtained was recrystallized (EtOAc/hexanes) to yield the desired N-acylated materials.
[00114] General Procedure B: Synthesis of tri-O-acetyl-protected thiazolines (C). Lawesson's reagent (0.6 eq) was added to a solution of the appropriate amide (B) in anhydrous toluene, and the reaction mixture was refluxed for 2-8 h. The reaction stopped when conversion was judged complete by TLC analysis, at which time the solution was cooled to room temperature, and the solvent was removed in vacuo. The desired material was isolated by flash column silica chromatography using a solvent system of hexanes and EtOAc in ratios ranging from 5:1 to 10:1 as appropriate. Products were isolated and used in the next step without further purification.
[00115] General Procedure C: Synthesis of deprotected thiazolines (O). A spatula tip of anhydrous sodium methoxide was added to a solution of the appropriate protected thiazoline in MeOH. The basic solution was stirred until the reaction was judged complete by TLC analysis (typically 1 h). A solution of glacial acetic acid in MeOH (1 :20) was added dropwise to the reaction mixture until the pH of the solution was found to be neutral. The solvent was then removed in vacuo, and the desired materials were isolated as syrups by flash silica chromatography using a solvent system of EtOAc and MeOH in ratios ranging from 5:1 to 10:1 as appropriate.
Example 1
Compounds 1 and 2: (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aR)-5-racetoxymethyl)-2-(fluoromethyl)-5.6.7.7a- tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-dlthiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate (1) and f3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aR)-2-
(fluoromethyl)-5-(hvdroxymethyl)-5.6.7.7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-pyrano[3.2-d]thiazole-6.7-diol (2)
Figure imgf000055_0001
1 2
[00116] Triethylamine (0.8 mL) and dry pyridine (20 mL) were added to a cooled (00C) solution of 2-amino-2-deoxy-l,3,4,6-tefra-0-acetyl-β-D-glucopyranose hydrochloride (1 g) in a solution of DMF (100 mL). Sodium fluoroacetate (1.8 g) was added to a stirred mixture of dry DMF (90 mL) containing dried Dowex 50-H+ resin (12 g). After 1 h, DCC (3.2 g) and 30 mL of the fluoroacetic acid solution were added via cannula to the reaction vessel containing the hydrochloride salt. The resulting solution was allowed to stand for 16 h at 0 0C, after which time the reaction was judged complete by TLC analysis. The solvent was partially removed in vacuo and EtOAc (300 mL) and a solution of saturated sodium chloride (100 mL) were added. The organic layer was collected, and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with EtOAc. The combined organic extracts were washed successively with water, twice with saturated aqueous NaHCO3, and finally with a solution of brine. The organic extracts were dried over MgSO4 and filtered, and the solvent was removed in vacuo to yield colorless syrup. The desired product was purified using flash chromatography on silica gel (2:1; hexanes/EtOAc) to yield the partially purified amide that was used in the next step without further purification. [00117] The title compounds were prepared from the material thus obtained following General Procedures B and C. For 2: 1H NMR (500 MHz, methanol-^) δ 3.28 (dd, IH, J= 2.5, 6.4 Hz), 3.54 (m, IH), 3.57 (m, IH), 3.70 (m, IH), 4.14 (t, IH, J= 4.1 Hz), 4.38 (m, IH), 5.17 (tdd, 2H, J = 2.2, 13.1, 53.4 Hz), 6.41 (d, IH, J= 7.0 Hz).
Example 2 Compounds 3 and 4: (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aRV5-(acetoxymethylV2-(difluoromethylV5.6.7.7a- tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-dlthiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate (3) and (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aRV2- (difluoromethylV5-(hvdroxymethyl)-5.6.7.7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3,2-dlthiazole-6.7-diol (4)
Figure imgf000056_0001
3 4 [00118] Triethylamine (0.8 mL) and dry pyridine (20 mL) were added to a cooled (0 0C) solution of 2-amino-2-deoxy-l,3,4,6-tetra-O-acetyl-β-D-glucopyranose hydrochloride (1 g) in a solution of DMF (100 mL). Dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC, 3 g) and difluoroacetic acid (1.2 mL) were added to the reaction mixture via syringe. The resulting solution was allowed to stand for 16 h at 0 0C, after which time another 0.5 mL of difluoroacetic acid were added. After a further 3.5 h at room temperature, the reaction was judged complete by TLC analysis. The solvent was partially removed in vacuo and EtOAc (300 mL) and a solution of saturated sodium chloride (100 mL) were added. The organic layer was collected, and the aqueous layer was extracted twice with EtOAc. The combined organic extracts were washed successively with water, twice with saturated aqueous NaHCO3, and finally with a solution of brine. The organic extracts were dried over MgSO4 and filtered, and the solvent was removed in vacuo to yield colorless syrup. The desired product was purified using flash chromatography on silica gel (3:1; hexanes/EtOAc) to yield the partially purified amide that was used in the next step without further purification. [00119] The title compounds were prepared from the material thus obtained following General Procedures B and C. For 4: 1H NMR (500 MHz, methanol-d4) 53.27 (dd, IH, J= 2.5, 6.3 Hz), 3.55 (m, IH), 3.58 (m, IH), 3.71 (m, IH), 4.14 (t, IH, J= 4.6 Hz), 4.44 (m, IH), 6.43 (t, IH, J = 54.3 Hz), 6.50 (d, IH, J= 7.1 Hz).
Example 3 Compounds 5 and 6: (3aR.5R.6S JRJaRV5-(acetoxymethylV2-ftrifluoromethylV5.6.7.7a- tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-dlthiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate (5) and (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aR)-5- rhvdroxymethyl)-2-(trifluoromethyl)-5.6,7Ja-tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-d1thiazole-6.7-diol (6)
Figure imgf000057_0001
5 6 [00120] Triethylamine (0.8 mL) was added to a solution of 2-amino-2-deoxy-l,3,4,6-tetra-O- acetyl-β-D-glucopyranose hydrochloride (1 g) dissolved in dry dichloromethane (20 mL) and cooled (0 0C). Trifluoroacetic anhydride (0.6 mL) was added via syringe and the resulting solution was allowed to stand for 16 h at 00C, after which time the reaction was judged complete by TLC analysis. The solution was diluted in 50 mL of EtOAc and washed successively with water, twice with saturated aqueous NaHCO3, and finally with a solution of brine. The organic extracts were dried over MgSO4 and filtered, and the solvent was removed in vacuo to yield colorless syrup. The desired product was purified using flash chromatography on silica gel (4: 1 ; hexanes/EtOAc) to yield the partially purified amide that was used in the next step without further purification.
[00121] The title compounds were prepared from the material thus obtained following General Procedures B and C. For 6: 1H NMR (500 MHz, methanol-d4) δ: 3.29 (m, IH), 3.55 (m, IH), 3.59 (m, IH), 3.72 (m, IH), 4.12 (t, IH, J= 4.5 Hz), 4.38 (m, IH), 6.64 (d, IH, J= 7.1 Hz).
Example 4 Compounds 7 and 8: C3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aR)-5-(acetoxymethvn-2-rbut-3-enylV5.6.7.7a-tetrahvdro-
3aH-pyranor3.2-dlthiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate (7) and r3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aRV2-O)ut-3-envn-5-
(hvdroxymethyl)-5.6.7,7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-dlthiazole-6.7-diol (8)
Figure imgf000058_0001
7 8
[00122] Following General Procedure A, (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-amino- tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate hydrochloride and pent-4-enoyl chloride were converted to (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-pent-4-enamido-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.01 (s, 3H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 2.07 (s, 3H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.18-2.22 (m, 2H), 2.28-2.32 (m, 2H), 3.80 (ddd, IH, J= 2.1, 4.6, 9.5 Hz), 4.10 (dd, IH, J= 2.1, 12.5 Hz), 4.24 (dd, IH, J= 4.6, 12.5 Hz), 4.30 (dd, IH, J= 9.2, 19.3 Hz), 4.95 (ddd, IH, J= 1.6, 3.1, 10.2 Hz), 5.01 (ddd, IH, J= 1.6, 2.6, 17.2 Hz), 5.10 (dd, IH5 J= 9.5, 9.5 Hz), 5.16 (dd, IH5 J= 9.5, 9.5 Hz), 5.68 (d, IH5 J= 8.8 Hz), 5.74 (dddd, IH, J= 2.6, 3.1, 10.2, 17.2 Hz), 5.98 (d, IH5 J = 9.5 Hz). [00123] Following General Procedure B, the amide obtained above was converted to
(3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-(acetoxymethyl)-2-(but-3-enyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-ρyrano[3,2- d]thiazole-6,7-diyl diacetate (7). 1H NMR (500 MHz, methanol^) δ 2.08 (s, 3H)5 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.14 (s, 3H), 2.45 (m, 2H), 2.68 (m, 2H), 3.55 (ddd, IH, J= 3.2, 5.8, 12.3 Hz), 4.09 (dd, IH, J = 5.9, 12.3 Hz), 4.12 (dd, IH, J= 3.2, 12.3 Hz), 4.48 (ddd, IH, J= 1.5, 3.2, 7.0 Hz), 4.94 (m, IH), 5.02 (m, IH), 5.10 (m, IH), 5.58 (dd, IH, J= 1.6, 3.2 Hz), 5.86 (ddd, IH, J= 6.5, 10.3, 17.1 Hz), 6.22 (d, IH, J= 7.2 Hz).
[00124] Following General Procedure C, the thiazoline obtained above was converted to the title compound (8). 1H NMR (500 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 2.42 (m, 2H), 2.65 (m, 2H), 3.35 (ddd, IH, J = 2.5, 6.4, 12.1), 3.56 (dd, IH5J= 3.6, 9.1 Hz), 3.61 (dd, IH5 J= 6.4, 12.1 Hz)5 3.73 (dd, IH, J= 2.5, 12.1 Hz), 4.12 (t, IH, J= 4.2 Hz), 4.32 (m, IH), 5.02 (m, IH)5 5.10 (m, IH)5 5.86 (ddd, IH5 J= 6.5, 10.2, 17.1 Hz), 6.35 (d, IH, J= 7.0 Hz). 13C NMR (125 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 31.42, 34.08, 62.26, 70.02, 73.10, 75.08, 79.01, 89.05, 115.22, 136.71, 173.51. Example 5
Compounds 9 and 10: r3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aRV5-CacetoxymethvD-2-(E.ZVrpent-3-envn-5.6.7.7a- tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-d1thiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate (9) and (3aR.5R.6S,7R.7aR)-5- rhvdroxymethylV2-('E.Z')-rpent-3-enylV5.6.7.7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-r>yranor3.2-dlthiazole-6.7-diol
(10)
Figure imgf000059_0001
9 10
[00125] Following General Procedure A, (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-amino- tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate hydrochloride and (E,Z)-hex-4-enoyl chloride were converted to (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-((E,Z)-hex-4-enamido)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran- 2,4,5-triyl triacetate. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.61-1.65 (m, 3H), 2.04 (s, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 2.14-2.20 (m, 2H), 2.22-2.28 (m, 2H), 3.78-3.82 (m, IH), 4.13 (dd, IH, J = 2.2, 12.5 Hz), 4.27 (dd, IH, J = 4.6, 12.5 Hz), 4.28-4.36 (m, IH), 5.10-5.18 (m, 2H), 5.32-5.40 (m, IH), 5.42-5.52 (m, IH), 5.51-5.54 (m, IH), 5.67-5.70 (m, IH). [00126] Following General Procedure B, the amide obtained above was converted to
(3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-(acetoxymethyl)-2-((E,Z)-pent-3-enyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2- d]thiazole-6,7-diyl diacetate (9). 1H NMR (500 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 1.60 (m, 3H), 2.04 (s, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 2.35 (m, 2H), 2.61 (m, 2H), 3.5 (m, IH), 4.08 (d, 2H, J= 4.5 Hz), 4.45 (m, IH), 4.91 (d, IH, J= 9.5 Hz), 5.45 (m, 2H), 5.55 (dd, IH, J= 1.3, 3.1 Hz), 6.18 (d, IH, J = 7.2 Hz).
[00127] Following General Procedure C, the thiazoline obtained above was converted to the title compound (10). 1H NMR (500 MHz, methanol-^) δ 1.64 (d, 3H, J= 6.0 Hz), 2.35 (m, 2H), 2.60 (m, 2H), 3.34 (ddd, IH, J= 2.0, 6.3, 12.0), 3.56 (dd, IH, J= 3.7, 9.2 Hz), 3.61 (dd, IH, J= 6.3, 12.0 Hz), 3.73 (dd, IH, J= 2.0, 12.0 Hz), 4.12 (t, IH, J= 4.2 Hz), 4.30 (t, IH, J= 5.9 Hz), 5.50 (m, 2H), 6.35 (d, IH, J= 7.0 Hz). 13C NMR (125 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 16.88, 30.36, 34.72, 62.30, 70.14, 73.12, 75.04, 78.97, 88.88, 126.41, 129.06, 173.81.
Example 6 Compounds 11 and 12: r3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aRV5-racetoxymethylV2-(methoxymethylV5.6.7.7a- tetrahvdro-3aH-pyrano[3.2-dlthiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate (11) and f3aR,5R.6S.7R.7aRV5- (hvdroxymethyl')-2-toethoxymethvD-5.6.7.7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-dlthia2θle-6.7-diol (12)
Figure imgf000060_0001
11 12
[00128] To a suspension of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-amino-tetrahydro-2H-pyran- 2,4,5-triyl triacetate hydrochloride (0.500 g, 1.31 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (20 mL) was added triethylamine (0.544 mL, 3.915 mmol), followed by 2-methoxyacetyl chloride (0.13 mL, 1.44mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 18 h. The reaction mixture was washed once with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (3 mL) and once with brine (3 mL). The organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the crude material by flash chromatography on silica gel (5:1 EtOAc:hexanes) afforded (2S, 3R, 4R, 5S, 6R)-6- (acetoxymethyl)-3-(2-methoxyacetamido)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate as a white solid (0.38O g, 70% yield). [00129] The amide obtained above was converted to the title compounds following General
Procedures B and C. For 12: 1H NMR (500 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 3.35 (s, IH), 3.37 (dd, IH, J= 2.5, 12.1 Hz), 3.41 (s, 3H), 3.59 (m, IH), 4.16 (t, IH, J= 4.0 Hz), 4.29 (m, 2H), 4.38 (m, IH), 6.36 (d, IH, J= 7.0 Hz).
Example 7 Compounds 13 and 14: (3aRJR.6S JRJaRV5-(acetoxwethylV2-(333-trifluoroρropylV
5,6.7.7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-d1thiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate (13) and (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aRV5- (hvdroxymethyl)-2-(3.3.3-trifluoropropyπ-5.6.7.7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-pyrano[3.2-d]thiazole-6.7-diol
(14)
Figure imgf000061_0001
13 14
[00130] To a suspension of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-amino-tetrahydro-2H-pyran- 2,4,5-triyl triacetate hydrochloride (0.500 g, 1.31 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (20 mL) was added A- (dimethylamino)pyridine (0.478 g, 3.91 mmol), followed by 1- (3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3- ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (0.300 g, 1.57 mmol), and 4,4,4-trifluorobutyric acid (0.222 g, 1.56 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight. The reaction was diluted with CH2Cl2 (80 mL) and the organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL). The organic layer was then dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. Crystallization of the crude material thus obtained (EtOAc/hexanes) afforded (2S, 3R, 4R, 5S, 6R)- 6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-
(4,4,4-trifluorobutanamido)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate as a white solid (0.398, 68% yield).
[00131] The amide obtained above was converted to the title compounds following General Procedures B and C. For 13: 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 2.15 (s, 3H), 2.48-2.65 (m, 2H), 3.49-3.54 (m, IH), 4.12-4.13 (m, 2H), 4.48-4.50 (m, IH), 4.95 (dt, IH, J= 1.5, 4.9 Hz), 5.56 (dd, IH, J= 1.8, 5.6 Hz), 6.28 (d, IH, J= 7.2 Hz). For 14: 1H NMR (500 MHz, methanol^) δ 2.61 (m, 2H), 2.81 (m, 2H), 3.59 (m, 2H), 3.74 (dd, IH, J= 2.4, 12.1 Hz), 4.15 (t, IH, J= 3.9 Hz), 4.35 (m, IH), 5.49 (s, IH), 6.40 (d, IH, J= 7.0 Hz). 13C NMR (125 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 27.22, 30.94, 62.29, 70.09, 70.89, 75.13, 79.25, 89.53, 170, 207.59. Example 8
Compounds 15 and 16: (3aR.5R.6S JRJaR)-5-(acetoxymethyl)-2-(cvclopropylmethyQ-5.6 JJa- tetrahvdro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d1thiazole-6 J-diyl diacetate (15) and f3aR.5R.6S JRJaR)-2- ('cvclopropylmethvD-S-fhvdroxymethvD-S.όJJa-tetrahydro-SaH-pyranorS^-dithiazole-όJ-diol
(16)
Figure imgf000062_0001
15 16
[00132] To a suspension of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-amino-tetrahydro-2H-pyran- 2,4,5-triyl triacetate hydrochloride (0.500 g, 1.31 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (20 mL) was added 4- (dimethylamino)pyridine (0.478 g, 3.91 mmol), followed by 1- (3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3- ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (0.300 g, 1.57 mmol), and 2-cyclopropylacetic acid (0.146 mL, 1.57 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 12 h. Additional CH2Cl2 (80 mL) was added and the organic layer was washed once with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL). The organic layer was then dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. Flash chromatography of the crude material on silica gel (3:2 EtOAc:hexanes) afforded (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-(2- cyclopropylacetamido)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate as a white solid (0.256 g, 56% yield).
[00133] The amide obtained above was converted to the title compounds following General Procedures B and C. For 15: 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 0.00-0.03 (m, 2H), 0.30-0.37 (m, 2H), 0.73-0.81 (m, IH), 1.82 (s, 3H), 1.83 (s, 3H), 1.89 (s, 3H), 2.14-2.28 (m, 2H), 3.31-3.34 (m, IH), 3.81-3.91 (m, 2H), 4.23-4.26 (m, IH), 4.70 (d, IH, J= 9.5 Hz), 5.33-5.34 (m, IH), 5.97 (d, IH, J = 7.1 Hz). 13C NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) 54.92, 5.32, 9.48, 20.96, 21.10, 39.74, 63.63, 68.58, 69.55, 70.85, 76.34, 88.14, 169.51, 169.77, 170.78, 172.95. For 16: 1H NMR (500 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 0.03 (m, 2H), 0.35 (m, 2H), 0.77 (m, IH), 2.23 (d, 2H, J= 7.2 Hz), 3.15 (m, IH), 3.44 (m, 2H), 3.52 (dd, IH, J= 2.7, 12.0 Hz), 3.94 (t, IH, J= 3.9 Hz), 4.12 (t, IH, J= 5.1 Hz), 6.15 (d, IH, J = 7.0 Hz). 13C NMR (125 MHz, methanol^) δ 4.39, 8.96, 39.41, 62.27, 70.10, 73.04, 75.07, 78.70, 88.56, 174.41.
Example 9
Compounds 17 and 18: r3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aRV5-racetoxymethylV2-ϋhenyl-5.6.7.7a-tetrahvdro- 3aH-pyranor3.2-d1thiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate (17) and (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aRl-5-fhvdroxymethylV2- phenyl-5,6,7.7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-ρyrano[3,2-d1thiazole-6,7-diol (18)
Figure imgf000063_0001
17 18
[00134] To a suspension of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-amino-tetrahydro-2H-pyran- 2,4,5-triyl triacetate hydrochloride (0.500 g, 1.31 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (20 mL) was added 4- (dimethylamino)pyridine (0.478 g, 3.91 mmol), followed by benzoyl chloride (0.198 g, 1.57 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 2 h. Additional CH2Cl2 (80 mL) was added and the organic layer was washed once with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL). The organic layer was then dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. Crystallization of the crude material thus obtained (EtOAc/hexanes) afforded (2S, 3R, 4R, 5S, 6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-benzamido-tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate as a white solid (0.418, 69% yield).
[00135] The amide obtained above was converted to the title compounds following General Procedures B and C. For 17: 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.07 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 3.61-3.64 (m, IH), 4.73-4.75 (m, IH), 5.00 (d, IH, J= 9.3 Hz), 5.73-5.74 (m, IH), 6.37 (d, IH, J= 7.1 Hz), 7.14-7.18 (m, IH), 7.25 (t, IH, J= 8.0 Hz), 7.46 (t, 2H, J= 7.7 Hz), 7.52 (t, IH, J= 7.4 Hz), 7.86 (d, 2H, J= 7.2 Hz). For 18: 1H NMR (500 MHz, methanol-c ) δ 3.63 (m, 2H), 3.76 (dd, IH, J= 2.5, 12.1 Hz), 4.28 (t, IH, J= 4.3 Hz), 4.57 (dd, IH, J= 5.0, 11.8 Hz), 4.62 (m, 1H),6.49 (d, IH, J= 6.9 Hz), 7.48 (m, 3H) ,7.85 (m, 2H). 13C NMR (125 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 62.27, 70.27, 73.35, 75.38, 80.21, 88.85, 128.18, 128.52, 131.57, 133.32, 169.25.
Example 10 Compounds 19 and 20: (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aRV5-(acetoxymethyl)-2-benzyl-5.6.7.7a-tetrahvdro-
3aH-t>yranor3.2-dlthiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate (19) and f3aR,5R.6S.7R.7aRV2-benzyl-5- rhvdroxymethyl)-5.6.7.7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-dlthiazole-6.7-diol (20)
Figure imgf000063_0002
19 20
[00136] To a suspension of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-amino-tetrahydro-2H-pyran- 2,4,5-triyl triacetate hydrochloride (0.500 g, 1.31 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (20 mL) was added 4- (dimethylamino)pyridine (0.478 g, 3.91 mmol) followed by 1- (3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3- ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (0.300 g, 1.57 mmol) and 2-phenylacetic acid (0.2132 g, 1.57 mmol). The reaction was stirred for 12 h. Additional CH2Cl2 (80 mL) was added and the organic layer was washed once with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL). The organic layer was then dried (MgSO4) and concentrated in vacuo. Flash chromatography of the crude material on silica gel (3:2 EtOAc:hexanes) followed by crystallization (EtOAc/hexanes) afforded (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6- (acetoxymethyl)-3-(2-phenylacetamido)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate as a white solid (0.418 g, 69% yield).
[00137] The amide obtained above was converted to the title compounds following General Procedures B and C. For 19: 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.07 (s, 3H), 2.18 (s, 3H), 3.61-3.64 (m, IH), 4.73-4.75 (m, IH), 5.00 (d, IH, J = 9.3 Hz), 5.73-5.74 (m, IH), 6.37 (d, IH, J = 7.1 Hz), 7.14-7.18 (m, IH), 7.25 (t, IH, J= 8.0 Hz), 7.46 (t, 2H, J= 7.7 Hz), 7.52 (t, IH, J= 7.4 Hz), 7.86 (d, 2H, J= 7.2 Hz). For 20: 1H NMR (500 MHz, methanol-di) δ 3.35 (m, 2H), 3.62 (m, 2H), 3.70 (dd, IH, J= 2.6, 12.1 Hz), 3.85 (m, IH), 4.15 (t, IH, J= 4.48 Hz), 4.36 (t, IH, J= 5.5 Hz), 6.34 (d, IH, J= 7.0 Hz), 7.27 (m, 5H). 13C NMR (125 MHz, methanol^) δ 40.96, 62.12, 69.94, 73.17, 75.13, 78.89, 89.27, 127.14, 128.59, 129.01, 135.89, 173.17. Example 11
Compound 21 : r3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aR)-2-amino-5-(hvdroxymethyl)-5.6.7.7a-tetrahvdro-3aH- pyrano[3.2-d]thiazole-6.7-diol
Figure imgf000064_0001
21 [00138] To a stirred solution of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-amino-tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate hydrochloride (250 mg, 0.65 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) was added triethylamine (90 μL, 0.65 mmol). The solution was diluted saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (20 mL), then the resulting mixture was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3 x 10 mL) and the combined organic extracts were dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to give presumably (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6- (acetoxymethyl)-3-amino-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate (220 mg) which was used without further purification. [00139] The amine from above (220 mg) was dissolved in pyridine (5 mL) and 9-
Fluorenylmethoxycarbonyl isothiocyanate (180 mg, 0.65 mmol) and triethylamine (0.02 mL) was added. Then the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The solution was concentrated and the residue taken up in CH2Cl2 (20 mL) and diluted with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (20 mL), then the resulting mixture was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3 x 10 mL) and the combined organic extracts were dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated. Flash chromatography of the residue (EtOAc:hexanes 2:3) gave (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxvmethyl)-3-(3-(((9H-fluoren-9- yl)methoxy)carbonyl)thioureido)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate as a white foam (360 mg, 89% yield over two steps). 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.07 (s, 3H), 2.12 (s, 3H), 2.14 (s, 3H), 3.89 (ddd, IH, J= 2.4, 4.8, 9.6 Hz), 4.17 (dd, IH, J= 2.4, 12.5 Hz), 4.24 (dd, IH, J= 6.6, 6.6 Hz), 4.33 (dd, IH, J= 4.8, 12.5 Hz), 4.52 (s, IH), 4.54 (s, IH), 5.08-5.12 (m, IH), 5.22 (dd, IH, J= 9.5, 9.6 Hz), 5.34 (dd, IH, J= 6.6, 9.5 Hz), 5.88 (d, IH, J= 6.6 Hz), 7.36 (dd, 2H, J= 7.2, 7.8 Hz), 7.45 (dd, 2H, J= 7.2, 7.8 Hz), 7.57 (d, 2H, J= 7.8 Hz), 7.80 (d, 2H, J= 7.2 Hz). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CDCl3) 620.62, 20.72, 20.77, 21.05, 46.49, 57.59, 61.65, 67.47, 68.40, 72.21, 72.87, 92.21, 120.09, 120.29, 124.84, 124.96, 125.32, 127.30, 127.83, 128.15, 128.25, 129.06, 141.37, 142.80, 152.16, 169.27, 169.34, 170.46, 170.72, 180.22.
[00140] The thiourea from above (200 mg, 0.32 mmol) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (4 mL) and SnCl4 (0.5 mL, 4.0 mmol) was added. Then the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The solution was diluted saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (20 mL), then the resulting mixture was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3 x 10 mL) and the combined organic extracts were dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated. Flash chromatography of the residue (EtOAc:hexanes 2:3) gave (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)- 5-(acetoxymethyl)-2-(((9H-fluoren-9-yl)methoxy)carbonylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diyl diacetate as a pale colourless foam (125 mg, 69% yield). 1H NMR 500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.88 (s, 3H), 2.04 (s, 3H), 2.12 (s, 3H), 3.69 (m, IH), 3.81 (ddd, IH, J= 2.5, 5.5, 6.5 Hz), 4.12 (dd, IH, J= 2.5, 12.5 Hz), 4.21-4.26 (m, 2H), 4.55 (dd, IH, J= 6.0, 12.5 Hz), 4.72-4.75 (dd, IH, J= 6.5, 6.5 Hz), 4.95 (dd, IH J= 5.5, 9.5 Hz), 5.24 (dd, IH J= 6.5, 9.5 Hz), 6.01 (d, IH, J= 6.5 Hz), 7.35 (dd, 2H, J= 7.1, 7.8 Hz), 7.44 (dd, 2H, J = 7.0, 7.8 Hz), 7.59 (d, 2H, J= 7.1 Hz), 7.81 (d, 2H, J= 7.0 Hz). 13C NMR (125 MHz, CDCl3) δ 20.62, 20.71, 21.35, 46.78, 57.91, 63.70, 67.92, 69.46, 71.88, 72.52, 90.23, 120.71, 120.89, 123.83, 124.04, 125.15, 127.76, 127.97, 129.61, 129.72, 130.08, 141.31, 142.86, 152.11, 161.43, 169.11, 169.63, 170.23.
[00141] The triacetate from above (114 mg, 0.20 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (2.0 mL) and then NaOMe (14 mg, 0.25 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The reaction was quenched by the addition of AcOH. Concentration gave a colourless oil which was dissolved in pyridine (3 mL) and then piperidine (0.6 mL) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was then concentrated and any remaining piperidine was co-evaporated with pyridine. The resultant residue was triturated with EtOAc to give the title compound (38 mg, 81% yield) as a white solid. 1H NMR (600 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 3.47 (dd, IH, J= 5.0, 9.0 Hz), 3.57-3.66 (m, 2H), 3.78 (dd, IH, J= 2.0, 12.5 Hz), 3.90 (dd, IH, J= 5.5, 5.5 Hz), 4.04 (dd, IH, J= 6.0, 6.0 Hz), 6.31 (d, IH, J= 6.0 Hz). 13C NMR (125 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 61.15, 69.14, 73.45, 74.14, 74.52, 89.62, 161.08. Anal. Calcd. for C7H12N2O4S: C, 38.17; H, 5.49; N, 12.72; Found: C, 38.05; H, 5.37; N, 12.66.
Example 12
Compounds 22 and 23: (3aR.5R.6S.7R,7aR)-5-facetoxymethyl)-2-(methylamino')-5.6.7.7a- tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-dlthiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate ("22^) and (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aR)-5-
(hvdroxymethyl)-2-(methylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-ρyranor3,2-dlthiazole-6.7-diol (23)
Figure imgf000066_0001
22 23
[00142] To a stirred solution of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-isothiocyanato-tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate (0.51 g, 1.32 mmol) (Jochims, J.C. et al, Tetrahedron, 1965, 21(9), 2611-16) in CH3CN, was added neat methylamine hydrochloride (0.18 g, 2.64 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature until complete by TLC (1.5 h). The reaction was washed with a minimal amount of saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (15 mL). The aqueous layer was then extracted three times with DCM, and the organic layers were combined, dried with MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The concentrated mixture was purified via flash column chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc:hexanes, 1 :1), providing (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-(3-methylthioureido)- tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate (0.35 g, 62% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 2.15 (s, 3H), 2.98 (s, 3H), 3.82-3.88 (m, IH), 4.10-4.16 (m, 2H), 4.28 (dd, IH, J= 4.6, 12.5 Hz), 5.17-5.22 (m, 2H), 5.74 (d, IH, J= 8.1 Hz), 5.92 (s, IH), 6.21 (s, IH).
[00143] (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-(3-methylthioureido)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,4,5- triyl triacetate (0.457 g, 1.09 mmol) was added to dry DCM, and SnCl4 (1.13 g, 4.33 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight (16 h). The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 until the solution was basic and no more gas was evolved. The aqueous layer was extracted three times with DCM and the combined organic layers were dried with MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc), providing (5R,6S,7R)-5-(acetoxymethyl)-2-(methylarnino)- 5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diyl diacetate (22) as an oil (0.30 g, 77% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.90 (s, 3H), 3.84 (m, IH), 4.12 (m, 2H), 4.34 (dd, IH, J= 4.3, 6.2 Hz), 4.90 (ddd, IH, J= 0.8, 2.8, 9.6 Hz), 5.39 (dd, IH, J= 2.9, 4.1 Hz), 6.21 (d, IH, J= 6.5 Hz).. 13C NMR (125 MHz, CDCl3) 521.00, 21.10, 21.23, 31.19, 63.40, 68.67, 69.40, 72.24, 73.01, 90.03, 161.21, 169.72, 169.90, 170.89. [00144] The product isolated above (0.090 g, 0.250 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous MeOH. Solid K2CO3 was added to the solution until it was basic, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature (5 h). A white solid, the desired product, precipitated out of solution. The final product, (5R,6S,7R)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-2-(methylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole- 6,7-diol (23), was purified by isolating this solid and washing it several times with MeOH (0.038 g, 64% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, D2O) δ 2.67 (s, 3H), 3.40-3.43 (m, IH), 3.48-3.54 (m, 2H), 3.65- 3.68 (m, IH), 3.90 (t, IH, J = 5.1 Hz), 4.04 (t, IH, J= 5.8 Hz), 6.14 (d, IH, J= 6.4 Hz). 13C NMR (125 MHz, D2O) δ 29.83, 61.39, 69.28, 73.24, 73.61, 74.19, 88.52, 163.73. MS (CI): m/z 235 (M+l). Anal. Calcd. for C8Hi4N2O4S: C, 41.01; H, 6.02; N, 11.96; Found: C, 40.60; H, 5.56; N, 10.99. Example 13
Compounds 24 and 25: (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aRV5-(acetoxymethyl)-2-(ethylamino)-5.6.7.7a- tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-dlthiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate (24) and (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aR')-2-
(ethylamino)-5-(hvdroxymethyl)-5,6.7.7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-t)yranor3.2-d1thiazole-6J-diol (25)
Figure imgf000068_0001
24 25
[00145] To a suspension of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-amino-tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate hydrochloride (2.04 g, 5.19 mmol) in CH3CN (80 rnL) was added ethyl isothiocyanate (1.36 g, 15.57 mmol), followed by triethylamine (0.94 g, 9.31 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to reflux and stirred for 3 h. The organic layer was concentrated, and redissolved in CH2Cl2. The reaction was then washed with a minimal amount of saturated aqueous NaHCO3 solution. The aqueous layer was extracted an additional two times with CH2Cl2. The organic layer was dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The desired (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-(3- ethylthioureido)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate was obtained as a yellow oil (2.21 g, 98% yield) following flash chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes, 1 :1). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.19 (m, 3H), 1.81 (d, IH, J= 4.0 Hz), 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 2.14 (s, 3H), 3.40 (s, IH), 3.85 (m, IH), 4.12 (m, IH), 4.28 (m, IH), 4.81 (s, IH), 5.19 (m, IH), 5.73 (d, IH, J= 7.7 Hz), 6.00 (s, IH), 6.12 (d, IH, J= 15.0 Hz); 13C NMR (125 MHz, CDCl3) 6 14.39, 20.81, 20.96, 21.07, 21.25, 57.84, 60.67, 61.95, 68.08, 72.99, 73.31, 93.12, 163.03, 169.60, 170.97, 171.88.
[00146] The thiourea isolated above (1.74 g, 4.01mmol) was dissolved in dry CH2Cl2. SnCl4 (1.88 mL, 16.05 mmol) was added drop wise and the reaction turned slightly yellow. The reaction was allowed to stir overnight. The reaction was then quenched using a saturated aqueous solution OfNaHCO3 until the solution was neutral and no further CO2 gas was evolved. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH2Cl2 three times, and the combined organic fractions were dried (MgSO4), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. Purification of the crude material via flash chromatography (silica gel, EtOAc) provided 24 as a pale yellow solid (1.35 g, 90% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.22 (t, 3H, J= 7.1 Hz),
2.08 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.12 (s, 3H), 3.34 (m, 2H), 3.85 (m, IH), 4.14 (d, 2H, J= 4.3 Hz), 4.37 (ddd, IH, J= 0.8, 4.1, 6.4 Hz), 4.96 (ddd, IH, J= 0.9, 2.6, 9.6 Hz), 5.43 (m, IH), 6.24 (d, IH, J= 6.5 Hz). 13C NMR (125 MHz, CDCl3) δ 14.28, 20.81, 20.96, 21.07, 21.25, 57.84, 61.95, 68.08, 72.99, 73.31, 93.12, 169.60, 170.97, 171.88.
[00147] Deprotection of the thiazoline 24 described above following General Procedure C provided the title compound (25) as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 1.22 (t, 3H, J= 7.3 Hz), 3.35 (m, 2H), 3.49 (dd, IH, J= 6.1, 9.0 Hz), 3.66, (m, 2H), 3.82 (dd, IH, J= 1.8, 11.7 Hz), 3.89 (t, IH, J= 6.2 Hz), 4.09 (t, IH, J= 6.4 Hz), 6.44 (d, IH, J= 6.4 Hz). 13C NMR (125 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 13.73, 38.35, 62.07, 69.99, 74.57, 75.11, 89.72, 161.92. MS (CI): m/z 249 (M+l). Anal. Calcd. for C9Hi6N2O4S: C, 43.53; H, 6.49; N, 11.28; Found: C, 43.82; H, 6.62; N, 11.02. Example 14
Compounds 26 and 27: (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aR)-5-racetoxymethyl)-2-(propylaminoV5.6.7.7a- tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-d1thiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate ("26^ and (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aR)-5- (hvdroxymethyl*)-2-(propylamino)-5.6.7.7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-dlthiazole-6,7-diol (27)
Figure imgf000069_0001
26 27
[00148] To a stirred solution of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-isothiocyanato-tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate (530 mg, 1.36 mmol) in CH3CN (7 mL) was added neat propylamine hydrochloride (260 mg, 2.72 mmol) followed by triethylamine (378 μL, 2.72 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred for 1 h. Saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (20 mL) was added, then the resulting mixture was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3 x 10 mL) and the combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The resulting crude material was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (hexane/EtOAc 1 : 1 ) to give (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3- (3-propylthioureido)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate as a white foam (532 mg, 87% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 0.97 (t, 3H, J= 7.5 Hz), 1.59-1.64 (m, 2H), 1.53-1.59 (m, 2H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.12 (s, 3H), 2.15 (s, 3H), 3.35 (br s, 2H), 3.81-3.85 (m, IH), 4.13- 4.17 (m, 2H), 4.20-4.25 (m, IH), 4.29 (dd, IH, J= 4.5, 12.5 Hz), 5.17-5.23 (m, 2H), 5.73 (d, IH, J = 8.5 Hz), 6.07 (br s, IH). [00149] The thiourea from above (230 mg, 0.51 mmol) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (2.6 niL) and SnCl4 (240 μL, 2.1 mmol) was added. Then the resulting mixture was stirred for 4 h. The solution was diluted saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (50 mL), then the resulting mixture was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3 x 20 mL) and the combined organic extracts were dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated. The resulting crude material was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (hexane/EtOAc 1 : 1 to 1 :1.5) to give (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-(acetoxymethyl)-2-(propylamino)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydropyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diyl diacetate (26) as a pale yellow foam (150 mg, 75% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz) 5 0.93 (t, 3H, J= 7.5 Hz), 1.56-1.63 (m, 2H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.07 (s, 3H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 3.15-3.20 (m, IH), 3.26 -3.31 (m, IH), 4.12 (d, 2H, J= 4.0 Hz), 4.33-4.35 (m, IH), 4.91- 4.94 (m, IH), 5.41 (dd, IH, J= 3.0, 4.0 Hz), 6.21 (d, IH, J= 6.5 Hz).
[00150] The triacetate from above (150 mg, 0.39 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (2.5 mL) and then K2CO3 (55 mg, 0.39 mmol) was added. Then the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 (9 mL) and then poured onto the top of a basic Al2O3 (1 g) column. The column was eluted with 10-25% MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give the title compound 27 (57.4 mg, 57% yield) as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, methanol-dO δ 0.94 (t, 3H, J= 7.5 Hz), 1.54-1.60 (m, 2H), 3.14-3.24 (m, 2H), 3.47 (dd, IH, J= 5.0, 8.5 Hz), 3.58-3.66 (m, 2H), 3.78 (dd, IH, J= 2.0, 11.5 Hz), 3.91 (t, IH, J= 6.0 Hz), 4.03 (t, IH, J= 6.0 Hz), 6.28 (d, IH, J= 6.5 Hz). 13C NMR (125 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 10.59, 22.47, 45.56, 62.03, 69.98, 74.54, 75.10, 89.62, 89.66, 162.17. MS (EI): m/z 263 (M+l). Anal. Calcd. for C10H18N2O4S: C, 45.79; H, 6.92; N, 10.68; Found: C, 45.58; H, 6.86; N, 10.77.
Example 15
Compounds 28 and 29: (3aR.5R.6S JRJaRV5-facetoxymemyl)-2-flπitylaminoV5.6.7.7a- tetrahvdro-3aH-Dyranor3.2-dlthiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate (28) and C3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aR)-2- rbutylaminoVS-rhvdroxymethvD-S.όJJa-tetrahvdro-SaH-pyranorSJ-dlthiazole-eJ-dioi rzg)
Figure imgf000070_0001
28 29 [00151] To a stirred solution of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-isothiocyanato-tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate (489 mg, 1.26 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) was added neat butylamine (197 μL, 2.00 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred for 30 min. Saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (20 mL) was added, then the resulting mixture was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3 x 10 mL) and the combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The resulting crude material was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (hexane/EtOAc 1 :1) to give (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6- (acetoxymethyl)-3-(3-butylthioureido)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate as a white foam (566 mg, 97% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 0.94 (t, 3H, J= 7.5 Hz), 1.35-1.41 (m, 2H), 1.53-1.59 (m, 2H), 2. 06 (s, 3H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 2.14 (s, 3H), 3.38 (br s, 2H), 3.82-3.85 (m, IH), 4.13-4.16 (m, 2H), 4.20-4.25 (m, IH), 4.29 (dd, IH, J= 4.5, 12.5 Hz), 5.17-5.22 (m, 2H), 5.73 (d, IH, J = 8.0 Hz), 6.10 (br s, IH).
[00152] The thiourea from above (560 mg, 1.21 mmol) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (6 mL) and SnCl4 (567 μL, 4.84 mmol) was added, then the resulting mixture was stirred for 16 h. The solution was diluted saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (50 mL), then the resulting mixture was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3 x 20 mL) and the combined organic extracts were dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated. The resulting crude material was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (hexane/EtOAc 1 : 1 to 1 :1.5) to give (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-(acetoxymethyl)-2-(butylamino)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydropyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diyl diacetate (28) as a pale yellow oil (320 mg, 66% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz) δ 0.93 (t, 3H, J = 7.5 Hz), 1.34-1.40 (m, 2H), 1.53-1.58 (m, 2H), 2.07 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 3.20-3.26 (m, IH), 3.31-3.36 (m, IH), 3.82-3.86 (m, IH), 4.14 (d, 2H, J= 4.5 Hz), 4.35-4.37 (m, IH), 4.56 (br s, IH), 4.94-4.96 (m, IH), 5.43 (t, IH, J= 3.2 Hz), 6.22 (d, IH, J= 6.5 Hz).
[00153] The triacetate from above (130 mg, 0.32 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (2 mL) and then K2CO3 (50 mg, 0.36 mmol) was added, then the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 (8 mL) and then poured onto the top of a basic Al2O3 (1 g) column. The column was eluted with 10-25% MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give the title compound 29 (18.1 mg, 20% yield) as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 0.94 (t, 3H, J= 7.5 Hz), 1.34-1.41 (m, 2H), 1.51-1.56 (m, 2H), 3.18-3.27 (m, IH), 3.47 (dd, IH, J= 5.0, 8.5 Hz), 3.50- 3.66 (m, 2H), 3.78 (dd, IH, J= 2.0, 11.5 Hz), 3.91 (t, IH, J= 5.5 Hz), 4.03 (t, IH, J= 5.5 Hz), 6.28 (d, IH, J= 6.5 Hz). 13C NMR (125 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 12.98, 19.96, 31.37, 43.52, 62.06, 70.01, 74.55, 74.59, 75.14, 89.66, 162.13. MS(EI): m/z 277 (M+l). Anal. Calcd. for CnH20N2O4S-0.2(CH4O) -0.1(C6Hi4): C, 48.65; H, 7.68; N, 9.61; Found: C, 48.30; H, 7.96; N, 9.64. Example 16
Compounds 30 and 31: (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aRV5-(acetoxymethylV2-fallylaminoVS.6.7.7a- tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-d1thiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate (30) and (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aRV2-
Callylamino)-5-('hvdroxymethvD-5.6.7.7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-dlthiazole-6,7-diol ('31')
Figure imgf000072_0001
30 31
[00154] To a stirred solution of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-isothiocyanato-tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate (0.50 g, 1.31 mmol) in CH3CN, was added neat 3- isothiocyanatoprop-1-ene (0.155 g, 1.2 mmol), dropwise. The reaction was stirred at room temperature until complete by TLC (3 h). The reaction was washed with a minimal amount of saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (15 mL). The aqueous layer was then extracted three times with DCM, and the organic layers were combined, dried with MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The concentrated mixture was purified via flash column chromatography in a solvent system of 1 :1 EtOAc and hexanes, providing (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-(3-allylthioureido)- tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate (0.410 g, 81 % yield) 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.98 (s, 3H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 2.03 (s, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 3.81-3.83 (m, IH), 4.02-4.08 (m, 3H), 4.21 (dd, IH, J= 4.6, 12.5 Hz), 5.06-5.15 (m, 3H), 5.20-5.30 (m, 2H), 5.72 (d, IH, J= 8.6 Hz), 5.75-5.8 (s, IH), 6.42-6.52 (m, 2H).
[00155] The product isolated above (0.410 g, 0.92 mmol) was dissolved in DCM. To this solution, trifluoroacetic acid (0.80 g, 7.0 mmol) was added, and the reaction was allowed to stir overnight (16 h). The reaction was worked up by washing the reaction mixture with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (20 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted three times with DCM, and the combined organic layers were dried with MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The concentrated mixture was purified via flash column chromatography in a solvent system of EtOAc. The product, (5R,6S,7R)- 5-(acetoxymethyl)-2-(allylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diyl diacetate (30), was isolated (0.281 g, 90% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.97 (s, 3H), 1.98 (s, 3H), 2.01 (s, 3H), 3.76-3.90 (m, 3H), 4.04- 4.05 (m, 2H), 4.27- 4.29 (m, IH), 4.84 (dd, IH, J = 2.4, 9.4 Hz), 5.06 (d, IH, J = 11.3 Hz), 5.16 (d, IH, J = 17.2 Hz), 5.30 (t, IH, J = 3.3 Hz), 5.77-5.84 (m, IH), 6.17 (d, IH, J = 6.6 Hz), 6.34 (s, IH). 13C NMR (125 MHz, CDCl3) δ 20.87, 21.00, 21.16, 47.43, 63.26, 68.75, 68.85, 68.98, 71.26, 71.43, 88.82, 117.08, 133.64, 169.61, 161.84, 170.76.
[00156] (5R,6S,7R)-5-(acetoxymethyl)-2-(allylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2- d]thiazole-6,7-diyl diacetate (0.281 g, 0.73 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous MeOH. Solid K2CO3 was added to the solution until it was basic, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature (1.5 h). The reaction was filtered and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified via flash column chromatography (DCMiMeOH, 5:2) providing (5R,6S,7R)-2- (allylamino)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (31) (0.048 g, 18% yield). 1H NMR: (500 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 3.50 (dd, IH, J = 5.5, 8.9 Hz), 3.6-3.7 (m, 2H), 3.81 (d, IH5 J= 10.7 Hz), 3.87-3.95 (m, 3H), 4.09 (t, IH, J= 6.2 Hz), 5.15 (d, IH5 J= 10.3 Hz), 5.25 (d, IH5 J= 17.2 Hz), 5.88-5.96 (m, IH), 6.36 (d, IH, J= 6.4 Hz). 13C NMR (125 MHz, methanol-dO δ: 39.23, 61.80, 69.52, 73.52, 74.51, 75.39, 90.67, 161.87, 165.33.
Example 17
Compounds 32 and 33: (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aRV5-(acetoxymethyl)-2-(cvclopropylamino)-5.6.7.7a- tetrahvdro-3aH-ρyranor3.2-d1thiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate (32) and (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aRV2-
(cvclopropylamino)-5-rhvdroxymethyl)-5,6J,7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-d1thiazole-6J-diol
(33)
Figure imgf000073_0001
32 33 [00157] To a stirred solution of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-isothiocyanato-tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate115 (300 mg, 0.77 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (10 mL) was added neat cyclopropylamine (107 μL, 1.54 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred for 1 h. Saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL) was added, then the resulting mixture was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3 x 10 mL) and the combined organic extracts were dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. The resulting crude material was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (hexane/EtOAc 1 : 1 ) to give
(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-(3-cyclopropylthioureido)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate as a pale yellow oil (306 mg, 89% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 0.55-0.59 (m, 2H), 0.77-0.80 (m, 2H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 2.03 (s, 3H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 2.38 (br s, IH), 3.79- 3.83 (m, IH), 4.11 (dd, IH, J= 2.0, 12.5 Hz), 4.24 (dd, IH, J= 4.5, 12.5 Hz), 5.20 (t, IH, J= 9.5 Hz), 5.26 (t, IH, J= 10.0 Hz), 5.84 (d, IH, J= 8.5 Hz), 6.34 (d, IH, J= 10.0 Hz), 6.75 (br s, IH). 13C NMR (125 MHz, methanol-d4) δ: 6.47, 26.00, 61.43, 65.04, 68.57, 73.36, 76.68, 87.89.
[00158] The thiourea from above (306 mg, 0.69 mmol) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (10 mL) and TFA (153 μL, 2.06 mmol) was added, then the resulting mixture was stirred for 18 h. At this time, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was redissolved in CH2Cl2 (5 mL). Solid K2CO3 (215 mg, 1.55 mmol) was added, then the mixture was filtered and concentrated. The resulting crude material was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (CH2Cl2ZMeOH 5:1) to give (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-(acetoxymethyl)-2-(cyclopropylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diyl diacetate (32) as a pale yellow oil (188 mg, 71% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz) δ 0.61-0.64 (m, 2H), 0.75-0.78 (m, 2H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 2.12 (s, 3H), 2.65- 2.69 (m, IH), 3.85 (dt, IH, J= 4.5, 9.5 Hz), 4.15 (d, 2H, J= 4.0 Hz), 4.34 (dd, IH, J= 4.2, 6.4 Hz), 4.95 (ddd, IH, J= 0.5, 2.0, 9.6 Hz), 5.31 (br s, IH), 5.41 (dd, IH, J= 2.9, 4.0 Hz), 6.21 (d, IH, J= 6.5 Hz). [00159] The triacetate from above ( 188 mg, 0.49 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (5 mL) and
K2CO3 (3 mg, 0.02 mmol) was added, then the resulting mixture was stirred vigorously for 1 h. At this time, the mixture was filtered and concentrated. The crude material thus obtained was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (CH2Cl2ZMeOH 5:2) to give the title compound 33 (66 mg, 52% yield) as a white foam. 1H NMR (500 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 0.74-0.77 (m, 2H), 0.90-0.94 (m, 2H), 2.76-2.80 (m, IH), 3.52 (dd, IH, J= 6.5, 9.0 Hz), 3.65-3.68 (m, IH), 3.72 (dd, IH, J= 6.0,
12.0 Hz), 3.85 (dd, IH, J= 2.5, 12.0 Hz), 3.91 (t, IH, J= 6.5 Hz), 4.19 (t, IH, J= 6.5 Hz), 6.62 (d, IH, J= 7.0 Hz).
Example 18
Compounds 34 and 35: r3aR.5R.6S,7R.7aR)-5-('acetoxymethyl')-2-('2-fluoroethylamino)-5.6.7.7a- tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-d1thiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate (34) and r3aR.5R.6S,7R.7aRV2-(2- fluoroethylamino)-5-(hvdroxymethyl)-5.6,7,7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d1thiazole-6,7-diol (35)
Figure imgf000074_0001
34 35
[00160] To a stirred solution of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-isothiocyanato-tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate (0.54 g, 1.39 mmol) in CH3CN, was added neat 2-fluoroethanamine (0.28 g, 2.79 mmol), dropwise. The reaction was stirred at room temperature until complete by TLC (3 h). The reaction was washed with a minimal amount of saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (15 mL). The aqueous layer was then extracted three times with DCM, and the organic layers were combined, dried with MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The concentrated mixture was purified via flash column chromatography in a solvent system of EtOAc and hexanes (1:1), providing (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-(3-(2-fluoroethyl)thioureido)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,4,5- triyl triacetate (0.358 g, 57% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.23 (t, 2H, J= 7.3 Hz), 2.02 (s, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 3.85-3.88 (m, 2H), 4.07-4.12 (m, IH), 4.25 (dd, IH, J= 4.6, 12.5 Hz), 4.47-4.53 (m, IH), 4.54-4.63 (m, IH), 5.14 (t, IH, J = 9.7 Hz), 5.25 (t, IH, J= 5.4 Hz), 5.73 (d, IH, J = 8.6 Hz), 6.50 (d, IH, J= 9.3 Hz ), 6.68 (t, IH, J= 5.4 Hz).
[00161] The product isolated above (0.276 g, 0.61 mmol) was added to dry DCM, and SnCl4 (0.64 g, 2.46 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight (16 h). The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 until the solution was basic and no more gas was evolved. The aqueous layer was extracted three times with DCM. The combined organic layers were dried with MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography (EtOAc), providing (5R,6S,7R)-5-(acetoxymethyl)-2-(2- fluoroethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diyl diacetate (34) (0.100 g, 42% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) 52.04 (s, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 3.47-3.66 (m, 2H), 3.7-3.8 (m, IH), 4.00-4.14 (m, 3H), 4.32 (t, IH, J = 6.3 Hz), 4.42-4.46 (m, IH), 4.52-4.57 (m, IH), 4.62-4.66 (m, IH), 4.92 (d, IH, J = 9.5 Hz), 5.37 (t, IH, J = 3.1 Hz), 6.21 (d, IH, J = 6.5 Hz).
[00162] (5R,6S,7R)-5-(acetoxymethyl)-2-(2-fluoroethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diyl diacetate (0.074 g, 0.19 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous MeOH. K2CO3 was added to the solution until it was basic, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature (1.5 h). The reaction was filtered and then concentrated in vacuo. The crude material was purified via flash column chromatography with a solvent system of 5:1 DCM and MeOH, providing (5R,6S,7R)-2-(2-fluoroethylamino)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (35) (0.045 g, 90% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 3.47-3.67 (m, 5H), 3.78 (dd, IH, J= 2.1, 11.8 Hz), 3.92 (t, IH, J= 5.6 Hz), 4.06 (t, IH, J= 6.1 Hz), 4.40- 4.50 (m, IH), 4.50-4.56 (m, IH), 6.31 (d, IH, J= 6.4 Hz). 13C NMR (125 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 62.02, 69.93, 74.41, 75.15, 81.31, 82.64, 89.84, 89.87, 162.00.
Example 19
Compounds 36 and 37: (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aRV5-(acetoxymethyl')-2-('2.2-difluoroethylamino)- 5.6.7.7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-dlthiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate f361 and r3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aRV2- (2,2-difluoroethylamino)-5-fhvdroxytnethyl)-5.6,7,7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d1thiazole-6,7- diol C37>
Figure imgf000076_0001
36 37 [00163] To a stirred solution of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-isothiocyanato-tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate (0.64 g, 1.63 mmol) in CH3CN, was added neat 2,2- difluoroethylamine (0.23 g, 1.97 mmol), dropwise. The reaction was stirred at room temperature until complete by TLC (3.5 h). The reaction was washed with a minimal amount of saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (15 mL). The aqueous layer was then extracted three times with DCM, and the organic layers were combined, dried with MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The concentrated mixture was purified via flash column chromatography in a solvent system of EtOAc and hexanes (1 :1, 2:1. then pure EtOAc, respectively), providing (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-(3- (2,2-difluoroethyl) thioureido)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate (0.433 g, 56% yield) 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) 6 1.99 (s, 3H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 2.03 (s, 3H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 3.83-3.86 (m, 2H), 3.95 (s, IH), 4.02-4.09 (m, 2H), 4.18-4.23 (m, IH), 5.05-5.11 (m, IH), 5.21-5.30 (m, IH), 5.72 (d, IH, J= 8.6 Hz), 5.94 (t, IH, J= 56.1 Hz), 6.63-6.73 (m, 2H).
[00164] The product isolated above (0.320 g, 0.68 mmol) was dissolved in dry DCM, and SnCl4 (0.71 g, 2.73 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight (16 h). The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 until the solution was basic and no more gas was evolved. The aqueous layer was extracted three times with DCM. The combined organic layers were dried with MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography (EtOAc:hexanes 1:1, then 2:1, then pure EtOAc) providing (5R,6S,7R)-5-(acetoxymethyl)-2-(2,2-difluoroethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2- d]thiazole-6,7-diyl diacetate (36) (0.209 g, 75% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.04 (s, 3H), 2.05 (s, 3H) 2.09 (s, 3H), 3.45-3.55 (m, IH), 3.67-3.77 (m, 2H), 4.06-4.14 (m, 2H), 4.31-4.34 (m, IH), 4.91-4.93 (d, IH, J = 9.4 Hz), 5.27 (s, IH), 5.35-5.37 (m, IH), 6.00 (tt, IH5 J = 3.7, 57.5 Hz), 6.24 (d, IH, J = 6.5 Hz)..
[00165] (5R,6S,7R)-5-(acetoxymethyl)-2-(2,2-difluoroethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diyl diacetate (0.209 g, 0.51 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous MeOH. Solid K2CO3 was added to the solution until it was basic, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature (1.5 h). The reaction was filtered and then concentrated in vacuo. The resulting oil was purified via flash column chromatography with a solvent system of 5:1 DCM and MeOH, providing (5R,6S,7R)-2-(2-fluoroethylamino)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (37) (0.106 g, 74% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, methanol-dO δ 3.26- 3.27 (m, IH), 3.43-3.46 (m, IH), 3.51-3.56 (m, 2H), 3.58-3.61 (m, IH), 3.74 (dd, IH, J= 2.3, 11.9 Hz), 3.93 (t, IH, J= 5.4 Hz), 4.08 (t, IH, J= 6.0 Hz), 6.01 (tt, IH, J= 4.3, 56.4 Hz), 6.34 (d, IH, J = 6.4 Hz). '3C NMR (125 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 58.84, 69.85, 74.23, 75.17, 90.09, 114.19 (t, Jc-F = 241 Hz), 161.92.
Example 20
Compounds 38 and 39: (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aR)-5-(acetoxymethyl)-2-(2.2.2-trifluoroethylamino)- 5.6.7.7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-dlthiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate (38) and (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aR)-5- (hvdroxymethyl)-2-(2.2.2-trifluoroethylamino)-5.6.7.7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-d]thiazole-6.7- diol T39)
Figure imgf000077_0001
38 39
[00166] To a stirred solution of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-isothiocyanato-tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate (0.56 g, 1.44 mmol) in CH3CN, was added neat 2,2,2- trifluoroethylamine (0.236 g, 1.74 mmol), dropwise. The reaction was stirred at room temperature until complete by TLC (3 h). The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (15 mL). The aqueous layer was then extracted three times with DCM, and the organic layers were combined, dried with MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The concentrated mixture was purified via flash column chromatography in a solvent system of 1 : 1 EtOAc and hexanes, providing (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-(3-(2,2,2-trifluoroethyl) thioureido)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran- 2,4,5-triyl triacetate (0.576 g, 81% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) 62.00 (6H, s), 2.04 (s, 3H), 3.87-3.90 (m, IH), 4.03-4.11 (m, IH), 4.20-4.26 (m, 2H), 4.36 (s, IH), 5.07 (t, IH, J= 9.6 Hz), 5.27 (t, IH, J- 9.8 Hz), 5.73 (d, IH, J= 8.5 Hz), 6.75 (s, 2H).
[00167] The product isolated above (0.576 g, 1.18 mmol) was added to dry DCM, and SnCl4 (1.23 g, 4.72 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight (16 h). The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 until the solution was basic and no more gas was evolved. The aqueous layer was extracted three times with DCM. The combined organic layers were dried with MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography (EtOAc:hexanes 1:1, then 2:1), providing (5R,6S,7R)-5-(acetoxymethyl)- 2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diyl diacetate (38) (0.328 g, 65% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) 62.00 (s, 3H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 3.71- 4.75 (m, IH), 3.77-3.84 (m, IH), 3.99-4.11 (m, 3H), 4.29-4.3 l(m, IH), 4.87 (d, IH5 J = 10.4 Hz), 5.33-5.34 (m, IH), 6.58 (d, IH, J = 6.6 Hz).
[00168] (5R,6S,7R)-5-(acetoxymethyl)-2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethylamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diyl diacetate (0.328 g, 0.776 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous MeOH. Solid K2CO3 was added to the solution until it was basic, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature (1 h). The reaction was filtered and then concentrated in vacuo. The final reaction mixture was purified via flash column chromatography with a solvent system of 5:1 DCM and MeOH, providing (5R,6S,7R)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-2-(2,2,2-trifluoroethylamino)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (39) (0.110 g, 47% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 3.47-3.50 (m, IH), 3.61-3.69 (m, 2H), 3.81 (d, IH, J= 11.8 Hz), 3.92 (m, 3H), 4.03 (s, IH), 4.10 (q, IH, J= 6.9 Hz), 6.35 (d, IH, J= 6.0 Hz). 13C NMR (125 MHz, methanol^) δ 61.94, 69.79, 74.31, 75.35, 123.82, 126.04, 175.25, 225.56.
Example 21
Compounds 40 and 41: (3aR,5R.6S JRJaR)-2-(2-acetoxyethylamino)-5-(acetoxymethyl*)- 5.6.7.7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-d1thiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate f40) and (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aR)-2- f2-hydroxyethylamino')-5-rhvdroxymethyl)-5.6.7.7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-pyrano[3.2-dlthiazole-6.7-diol
(41)
Figure imgf000079_0001
40 41
[00169] To a stirred solution of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-isothiocyanato-tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate (500 mg, 1.3 mmol) in CH3CN (10 mL) was added 2-aminoethyl acetate trifluoroacetate (600 mg, 3 mmol) and triethylamine (0.5 mL, 3.5 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The solution was diluted with CH2Cl2 (50 mL) and washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (20 mL), and the organic extract was dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (hexane/EtOAc 1:1) to give (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-(3-(2-acetoxyethyl)thioureido)-tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate as a white foam (580 mg, 92% yield). 1H NMR (600 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 2.12 (s, 3H), 2.15 (s, 3H), 3.66-3.80 (m, 2H), 3.85 (ddd, IH, J= 2.5, 4.5, 9.0 Hz), 4.14 (dd, IH, J= 2.0, 12.5 Hz), 4.22 (dd, IH, J= 5.0, 5.0 Hz), 4.29 (dd, IH5 J= 4.5, 12.5 Hz), 4.65-4.75 (m, IH), 5.13-5.22 (m, 2H), 5.73 (d, IH, J= 8.5 Hz). 13C NMR (125 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 20.82, 20.86, 20.98, 21.04, 21.19, 40.51, 57.21, 61.85, 62.75, 68.25, 71.84, 73.12, 92.65, 169.34, 169.73, 170.13, 170.49, 170.77, 184.26.
[00170] The thiourea from above (300 mg, 0.35 mmol) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) and TFA (0.4 mL, 5.4 mmol) was added. Then the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 h. The solution was diluted with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (20 mL), then the resulting mixture was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3 x 10 mL) and the combined organic extracts were dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to give (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-(acetoxymethyl)-2-(2-acetoxyethylamino)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diyl diacetate (40) as a colourless oil (248 mg, 93% yield). This was pure enough for the next reaction. 1H NMR (600 MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.11 (s, 9H), 2.14 (s, 3H), 3.52 (ddd, IH, J= 4.2, 7.2, 14.0 Hz), 3.63 (ddd, IH, J= 3.6, 4.2, 14.0 Hz), 3.83 (ddd, IH, J = 3.0, 5.5, 9.0 Hz), 4.13-4.18 (m, 2H), 3.63 (ddd, IH, J= 3.6, 4.2, 11.0 Hz), 4.31 (ddd, IH, J= 4.2, 7.2, 11.0 Hz), 4.38 (dd, IH, J= 3.5, 6.6 Hz), 4.97 (dd, IH, J= 5.5, 9.0 Hz), 5.44 (dd, IH, J= 3.5, 5.5 Hz), 6.26 (d, IH, J= 6.6 Hz). 13C NMR (150 MHz, CDCl3) δ 20.81, 20.86, 20.91, 21.03, 43.34, 62.72, 63.27, 68.51, 69.08, 71.71, 72.69, 89.98, 159.71, 169.53, 169.75, 170.68, 171.04.
[00171] The tetraacetate from above (195 mg, 0.45 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (10 mL) and then K2CO3 (10 mg, 0.07 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated and then diluted with CH2Cl2 (9 mL) and then poured onto the top of a silica gel column The column was eluted (MeOH: EtOAc 1:1) to give the title compound 41 (105 mg, 88% yield) as a colourless oil. 1H NMR (600 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 3.35 (dd, IH, J= 4.8, 6.0 Hz), 3.40-3.45 (m, IH), 3.49 (dd, IH, J= 5.4, 9.0 Hz), 3.61-3.69 (m, 4H), 3.79 (dd, 1H, J= 1.8, 11.4 Hz), 3.95 (dd, 1H, J= 5.4, 5.4 Hz), 4.08 (dd, IH5 J= 6.0, 6.0 Hz), 6.32 (d, IH, J= 6.0 Hz). 13C NMR (150 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 47.21, 62.08, 63.36, 71.25, 75.62, 75.72, 76.32, 91.11, 163.68.
Example 22 Compounds 42 and 43: (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aRV5-(acetoxymethylV2-(dimethylaminoV5.6.7.7a- tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-dlthiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate (42) and (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aRV2- (dimethylamino)-5-(hvdroxymethyl')-5,6,7,7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3,2-d1thiazole-6,7-diol (43)
Figure imgf000080_0001
42 43 [00172] To a stirred solution of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-isothiocyanato-tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate (0.51 g, 1.32 mmol) in CH3CN, was added solid dimethylamine hydrochloride. The reaction was stirred at room temperature until complete by TLC (1 h). The reaction was washed with a minimal amount of saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (15 mL). The aqueous layer was then extracted three times with DCM, and the organic layers were combined, dried with MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The concentrated mixture was purified via flash column chromatography in a solvent system of EtOAc and hexanes (1 :1), providing (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)- 6- (acetoxymethyl)-3-(3,3-dimethylthioureido)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate (0.51 g, 91% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.00 (s, 3H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 3.17 (s, 6H), 3.79-3.82 (m, IH), 4.06-4.13 (m, IH), 4.22 (dd, IH5 J = 4.7, 12.5 Hz), 5.16-5.24 (m, 2H), 5.31 (dd, IH, J = 9.4 Hz)5 5.72 (d, IH, J= 9.2 Hz), 5.77 (d, IH5 J= 8.4 Hz).
[00173] The product isolated above (0.51 g, 1.17 mmol) was dissolved in DCM. To this solution, trifluoroacetic acid (1.0 g, 8.76 mmol) was added, and the reaction was allowed to stir overnight (16 h). The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (20 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted three times with DCM, and the combined organic layers were dried with MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The concentrated mixture was purified via flash column chromatography (EtOAc:hexanes, 1 :1) to provide (5R,6S,7R)- 5-(acetoxyrnethyl)-2-(dimethylamino)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diyl diacetate (42) (0.19 g, 42% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.99 (s, 3H), 2.00 (s, 3H), 2.02 (s, 3H), 3.10 (s, 6H), 3.90-3.94 (m, IH), 4.00-4.16 (m, 2H), 4.42 (t, IH, J = 6.1 Hz), 4.92 (dd, IH, J - 5.1, 9.5 Hz ), 5.32 (t, IH, J = 5.3 Hz), 6.35 (d, IH, J = 6.7 Hz). 13C NMR (125 MHz, CDCl3) δ 14.28, 20.80, 41.62, 50.22, 60.60, 62.53, 66.08, 67.65, 70.15, 71.15, 88.07, 88.12, 167.37, 169.77, 170.27, 170.86. [00174] The product isolated above (0.185 g, 0.494 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous MeOH. K2CO3 was added to the solution until it was basic, and the reaction was stirred at room temperature (1.5 h). The reaction was filtered and then concentrated in vacuo. The final reaction mixture was purified via flash column chromatography with a solvent system of 5: 1 DCM and MeOH, providing (5R,6S,7R)-2-(dimethylamino)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (43) (0.092 g, 75% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 3.04 (s, 6H), 3.48 (dd, IH, J= 6.0 Hz), 3.62-3.69 (m, 2H), 3.81 (d, IH5J= 11.7 Hz), 3.87 (t, IH, ./= 6.1 Hz), 4.07 (t, IH, J= 6.3 Hz), 6.38 (d, IH, J= 6.5 Hz). 13C NMR (125 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 39.23, 69.80, 69.52, 73.43, 73.52, 74.51, 79.39, 90.67, 161.87, 165.33.
Example 23 Compounds 44 and 45: (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aR)-5-facetoxymethyl)-2-(ethylCmethyl)amino)-5.6.7.7a- tetrahvdro-3aH-pyrano[3.2-d"lthiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate (44) and (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aR1-2- (ethyl(methyl)amino)-5-(hvdroxymethyl)-5,6.7,7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-dlthiazole-6.7-diol
(45)
Figure imgf000081_0001
44 45
[00175] To a stirred solution of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-isothiocyanato-tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate (1.10 g, 2.8 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (10 mL) was added neat ethyl(methyl)amine (310 μL, 3.6 mmol) dropwise. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. Solvents were removed by concentration. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (hexane/EtOAc 1 :1) to give (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-(3-ethyl-3- methylthioureido)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate as a white foam (1.09 g, 86% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.15 (t, 3H, J = 7.0 Hz), 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 2.13 (s, 3H), 3.08 (s, 3H), 3.74-3.81 (m, 3H), 4.16 (dd, IH, J= 2.0, 12.5 Hz), 4.27 (dd, IH, J= 4.5, 12.5 Hz), 5.14 (t, IH, J= 10.0 Hz), 5.26 (t, IH, J= 10.0 Hz), 5.34-5.40 (m, 2H), 5.78 (d, IH5 J= 8.0 Hz).
[00176] The thiourea from above (155 mg, 0.35 mmol) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (1.5 mL) and TFA (20 μL, 2.63 mmol) was added. Then the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The solution was diluted saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (20 mL), then the resulting mixture was extracted with CH2Cl2 (3 x 10 mL) and the combined organic extracts were dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to give (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-(acetoxymethyl)-2-(ethyl(methyl)amino)-5,6,7,7a- tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diyl diacetate (44) as a pale yellow foam (134 mg, 100% yield). This was pure enough for the next reaction. 1H NMR (500 MHz) δ 1.16 (t, 3H, J = 7.0 Hz), 2.06 (s, 3H), 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.10 (s, 3H), 2.98 (s, 3H), 3.24-3.31 (m, IH), 3.39-3.45 (m, IH), 3.83- 3.86 (m, IH), 4.14 (d, 2H, J= 4.5 Hz), 4.34 (dd, IH, J= 4.5, 6.5 Hz), 4.93 (dd, IH, J= 3.0, 10.0 Hz), 5.40 (dd, IH, J= 3.0, 4.5 Hz), 6.21 (d, IH, J= 6.5 Hz).
[00177] The triacetate from above (134 mg, 0.35 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (2.0 mL) and then K2CO3 (72 mg, 0.52 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. The mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 (9 mL) and then poured onto the top of a basic Al2O3 (1 g) column. The column was eluted with 10-25% MeOH in CH2Cl2 to give the title compound 45 (57.4 mg, 57% yield) as a white solid. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 1.07 (t, 3H, J= 7.0 Hz), 2.88 (s, 3H), 3.21-3.28 (m, 2H), 3.58-3.60 (m, 2H), 3.67-3.73 (m, 2H), 3.79 (dd, IH, J= 3.5, 7.0 Hz), 3.88 (t, IH, J= 6.5 Hz), 4.07 (t, IH, J= 6.5 Hz), 4.60 (br s, 3H), 6.28 (d, IH, J= 6.5 Hz). 13C NMR (125 MHz, CDCl3) δ 11.88, 35.70, 46.93, 60.82, 68.02, 73.03, 73.76, 74.02, 90.19, 162.40. MS (EI): m/z 263 (M+l). Anal. Calcd. for Ci0Hi8N2O4S: C, 45.79 ; H, 6.92; N, 10.68; Found: C, 46.01; H, 7.18; N, 10.46.
Example 24 Compounds 46 and 47: (3aR.5R.6S JRJaRV5-(acetoxymethylV2-(methoxyaminoV5.6.7.7a- tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-dlthiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate (46) and (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aRV5- (hvdroxymethyl)-2-(methoxyaminoV5.6.7.7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3.2-d1thiazole-6.7-diol ('47)
Figure imgf000083_0001
46 47
[00178] To a suspension of methoxyamine hydrochloride (180 mg, 2.16 mmol) in acetonitrile (7 niL) was added (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-isothiocyanato-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,4,5- triyl triacetate (560 mg, 1.44 mmol) followed by triethylamine (300 μL, 2.16 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. Solvents were removed by concentration. The residue was purified by flash chromatography on silica gel (hexane/EtOAc 1:1) to give (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6- (acetoxymethyl)-3-(3-methoxythioureido)-tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate as a white solid (545 mg, 87% yield). 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.10 (s, 6H), 2.13 (s, 3H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 3.82-3.85 (m, IH), 4.15 (dd, IH, J= 2.5, 12.5 Hz), 4.28 (dd, IH, J = 4.5, 12.5 Hz), 5.03 (dd, IH, J= 10.0, 13.0 Hz), 5.20-5.30 (m, 2H), 5.84 (d, IH, J= 8.5 Hz), 7.01 (d, IH, J= 10.0 Hz).
[00179] The thiourea from above (210 mg, 0.48 mmol) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (2 mL) and TFA (180 μL, 2.41 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 h. The solution was diluted saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (10 mL), extracted with CH2Cl2 (3 x 10 mL) and the combined organic extracts were dried (Na2SO4) and concentrated to give the crude product. This was purified by silica gel column, eluted with 1 :1 hexane/EtOAc to give (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)- 5-(acetoxymethyl)-2-(methoxyamino)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diyl diacetate (46) as a white foam (122 mg, 67% yield). The 1H NMR spectrum showed this was a ca. 1:1 mixture of rotamers. 1H NMR (500 MHz) δ 2.05 (s, 3H), 2.07 (s, 3H), 2.08 (s, 6H), 2.09 (s,
3H), 2.11 (s, 3H), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 3.88 (t, IH, J= 6.5 Hz), 3.99 (td, IH, J= 6.5, 1.5 Hz), 4.11-4.14 (m, 2H), 4.23-4.31 (m, 4H), 4.98 (d, IH, J= 6.5 Hz), 5.00 (d, IH, J= 6.5 Hz), 5.16 (d, IH, J= 7.0 Hz), 5.19 (d, IH, J= 5.5 Hz), 5.20 (br s, IH), 5.60 (br s, IH), 6.10 (d, IH, J= 6.5 Hz), 6.16 (d, IH, J= 6.0 Hz). [00180] The triacetate from above (63 mg, 0.17 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH (1.0 mL) and then K2CO3 (54 mg, 0.39 mmol) was added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min. The mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 (9 mL) and then poured onto the top of a silica gel column. The column was eluted with 5-15% methanol in CH2Cl2 to give the title compound 47 (40 mg, 95% yield) as a white solid. The 1H NMR spectrum showed this was a ca. 2:1 mixture of rotamers. 1H NMR (500 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 3.35-3.41 (m, IH), 3.54-3.85 (m, 5H), 3.65 (s, IH), 3.69 (s, 2 H), 6.16 (d, 0.34H, J= 6.0 Hz), 6.31 (d, 0.66H, J= 6.0 Hz). 13C NMR (125 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 60.65, 60.76, 61.14, 61.73, 62.45, 68.75, 68.88, 74.18, 74.83, 75.33, 75.66, 84.21, 84.70, 94.99, 157.65, 160.96. MS(CI): m/z 251 (M+l). Anal. Calcd. for C8H14N2O5S: C, 38.39; H, 5.64; N, 11.19; Found: C, 38.20; H, 5.89; N, 11.06.
Example 25
Compounds 48 and 49: (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aRV5-(acetoxymethylV2-methoxy-5.6.7.7a-tetrahvdro- 3aH-pyranor3.2-d1thiazole-6.7-diyl diacetate (481 and (3aR.5R.6S.7R.7aRV5-(hvdroxymethylV2- methoxy-5.6.7.7a-tetrahvdro-3aH-pyranor3.2-dlthiazole-6.7-diol (49')
Figure imgf000084_0001
48 49
[00181] A solution of (2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-isothiocyanato-tetrahydro- 2H-pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate (1.0 g, 2.57 mmol) in anhydrous methanol (10 mL) was heated to reflux. The reaction was complete after 1 h as determined by TLC. The solvent was removed in vacuo. The product was then purified by flash column silica chromatography using a solvent system of 3:1 hexanes/EtOAc, which provided (2R,3R,4R,5S,6R)-6-(acetoxymethyl)-3-(methoxycarbonothioylamino)-tetrahydro-2H- pyran-2,4,5-triyl triacetate (1.0 g, 92% yield) as a slightly yellow syrup. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.11 (s, 3H), 2.12 (s, 6H), 3.81 (ddd, IH), 3.95 (s, 3H), 4.1 (m, 2H), 4.31 (m, IH), 5.17 (m, 2H), 5.73 (d, IH, J= 8.6 Hz), 6.21 (d, IH, J= 10.0 Hz).
[00182] The thiocarbamate from above (1.0 g, 2.37 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous CH2Cl2 (10 mL) and SnCl4 (2.47 g, 9.49 mmol) was added dropwise. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight (16 h). The reaction was quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 until the solution was basic and no more gas was evolved. The aqueous layer was extracted three times with CH2Cl2. The combined organic layers were dried with MgSO4, filtered and concentrated. The crude material was purified by flash chromatography (EtOAc/hexanes, 1:1), providing (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-(acetoxymethyl)-2-methoxy- 5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diyl diacetate 48 (0.65 g, 76% yield) as a clear oil. 1H NMR (500 MHz, CDCl3) δ 2.08 (s, 3H), 2.09 (s, 3H), 2.13 (s, 3H), 3.89 (ddd, IH, J= 3.7, 4.6, 9.8 Hz), 3.92 (s, 3H), 4.12 (m, 2H), 4.36 (ddd, IH5 J= 1.0, 4.0, 6.9 Hz), 4.96 (ddd, IH, J = 1.0, 2.9, 9.4 Hz), 5.40 (dd, IH, J= 2.9, 4.0 Hz), 6.30 (d, IH, J= 6.9 Hz).
[00183] Following General Procedure C, the material obtained above was converted to the title compound 49 which was isolated as a colourless oil after purification (0.33 g, 78% yield). In this case purification was carried out using flash chromatography on silica gel (EtOAc). 1H NMR (500 MHz, methanol-d4) δ 3.45 (dd, IH, J= 5.5, 9.2 Hz), 3.56 (ddd, IH, J= 1.8, 8.7, 9.3 Hz), 3.62 (dd, IH5 J= 6.1, 11.8 Hz), 3.75 (dd, IH5 J= 1.7, 11.8 Hz), 3.84 (dd, IH, J= 5.7, 5.8 Hz), 3.86 (s, 3H), 4.07 (dd, IH, J= 6.2, 6.4 Hz), 6.39 (d, IH, J= 6.7 Hz).
Example 26
Compounds 50 and 51: (3aR.5R,6S.7R.7aR)-5-(azidomethyl)-2-proρyl-5.6.7.7a-tetrahvdro-3aH- pyrano[3.2-d1thiazole-6.7-diol (50) and GaR.5R,6S.7R.7aR)-5-faminomethyl>2-propyl-5.6.7.7a- tetrahvdro-3aH-pyrano[3.2-d1thiazole-6.7-diol (51)
Figure imgf000085_0001
50 51
[00184] (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-2-propyl-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2- d]thiazole-6,7-diol (200 mg, 0.81 mmol) was dissolved in pyridine (2 mL) and CH2Cl2 (2 mL) and cooled to 0 0C. Tosyl chloride (230 mg, 1.2 mmol) was then added and the solution allowed to warm to room temperature over 1 h. The mixture was diluted with CH2Cl2 (10 mL) and washed with water (2 x 5 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. The resultant colourless residue (280 mg) was taken up in DMF (3 mL) and NaN3 (158 mg, 2.4 mmol) was added. The resultant mixture was stirred at 55 0C for 2 days. Concentration of the mixture gave a residue which was taken up in CH2Cl2 (20 mL) and washed with water (2 x 5 mL), dried (MgSO4), filtered and concentrated. Flash chromatography of the residue on silica gel (MeOH:EtOAc, 1 :9) gave 180 mg (82% yield) of (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-(azidomethyl)-2-ρroρyl-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2- d]thiazole-6,7-diol (50) as a colourless oil. 1H NMR (500 MHz, methanol^): δ 0.98 (t, 3H, J= 7.3 Hz), 1.63-1.67 (m, 2H), 2.46-2.50 (m, 2H), 3.33 (m, IH), 3.54 (dd, IH, J= 4.3, 9.5 Hz), 3.44 (dd, IH, 2.3, 12.0 Hz), 3.55 (dd, IH, J= 6.2, 12.0 Hz), 4.06 (dd, IH, J= 4.4, 4.6 Hz), 4.29 (m, IH, J= 4.3 Hz), 6.31 (d, IH, J= 6.9 Hz).
[00185] The azide obtained as described above (200 mg, 0.81 mmol) was dissolved in 3:1 THFiH2O (5 mL) and triphenylphosphine (310 mg, 1.2 mmol) was added. The solution was then stirred overnight at room temperature. Concentration of the mixture followed by flash chromatography of the resultant residue on silica gel (MeOHiEtOAc 2:3) gave 130 mg (75% yield) of(3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5-(aminomethyl)-2-propyl-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole- 6,7-diol (51) as a colourless oil. This material was observed to decompose slowly with time when stored neat at 0 0C (7 d). 1H NMR (500 MHz, methanol-cU): δ 0.97 (t, 3H, J= 7.4 Hz), 1.63-1.67 (m, 2H), 2.43-2.49 (m, 2H), 3.39 (ddd, IH, J= 2.5, 4.1, 9.0 Hz), 3.51 (dd, IH, J= 4.1, 9.5 Hz), 3.64 (dd, IH, J= 2.5, 12.5 Hz), 3.75 (dd, IH, J= 6.1, 12.5 Hz), 4.04 (dd, IH, J= 4.4, 4.5 Hz), 4.28 (m, IH), 6.35 (d, IH, J= 7.0 Hz).
Example 27 Assay for determination of KT values for inhibition of O-GlcNAcase activity
[00186] Experimental procedure for kinetic analyses: Enzymatic reactions were carried out in PBS buffer (pH 7.4) using pNP-GlcNAc as a substrate (0.5 mM) and monitored continuously at 37 0C at 400 ran using a Cary 3E UV-VIS spectrophotometer equipped with a Peltier temperature controller. Reactions were pre-heated in a 500 μL quartz cuvette for approximately 5 minutes followed by addition of 10 μL enzyme via syringe (final enzyme concentration 0.002 mg/mL). Reaction velocities were determined by linear regression of the linear region of the reaction progress curve between the first and third minutes. An inhibitor concentration range of 1/5 to 5 times K\ was used in each case.
When tested in the assay described above, many of the compounds described in the Examples herein exhibit K1 values for inhibition of O-GlcNAcase in the range 1 nM - 50 μM. For example, the K1 values for inhibition of O-GlcNAcase shown in Table 4 were obtained for compounds 2, 4, and 6. All K\ values were determined using linear regression ofa Dixon plots.
Table 4: Inhibition constants for O-GlcNAcase.
Figure imgf000087_0001
Example 28
Assay for determination of Kj values for inhibition of β-hexosaminidase activity
[00187] Experimental procedure for kinetic analyses: AU enzymatic assays were carried out in triplicate at 37 0C using a stopped assay procedure by measuring the amount of 4- nitrophenolate liberated as determined by absorption measurements at 400 nm. Reactions (50 μL) were initiated by the addition, via syringe, of enzyme (3 μL). Time-dependent assay of β-hexosaminidase revealed that the enzyme was stable in the buffer over the period of the assay: 50 mM citrate, 100 mM NaCl, 0.1% BSA, pH 4.25. β-hexosaminidase was used at a concentration of 0.036 mg/mL withpNP-GlcNAc as a substrate at a concentration of 0.5 mM. The inhibitor was tested at five concentrations ranging from 5 times to 1/5 K\. K\ values were determined by linear regression of data from Dixon plots.
[00188] When tested in the assay described above, many of the compounds described in the Examples hereinexhibit Ki values for inhibition of β-hexosaminidase in the range 5 μM - 10 mM.
[00189] The selectivity ratio for inhibition of O-GlcNAcase over β-hexosaminidase is defined here as:
Ki (β-hexosaminidase/Ki (O-GlcNAcase)
In general, the compounds described in the Examples hereinexhibit a selectivity ratio in the range of about 1000 to 100000. When compared, for example, to the compounds of Table 3, many of the compounds described in the Examples herein exhibit greater selectivity towards O-GlcNAcase. Thus, the compounds of the invention show exhibit high selectivity for inhibition of O-GlcNAcase over β-hexosaminidase.
Example 29 Dose-dependent elevation of rat brain and muscle O-GlcNAc levels [00190] The effect of intravenous (IV) administration of (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5- (hydroxymethyl)-2-propyl-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (Compound 54; hereinafter referred to as NAG-Bt) on levels of O-GlcNAc modification in brain and muscle tissue in Sprague-Dawley rats was measured. Animals were obtained from Charles-River as 5-week old healthy male Sprague-Dawley rats. Animals were given one week to acclimatize and at six weeks of age the appropriate treatment was initiated. Eight animals were given intravenous tail vein injections of various concentrations of NAG- Bt or vehicle alone (PBS); doses of NAG-Bt included 0, 2, 5, 10, 25, 50, 100, and 250 mg/kg. Seven hours later animals were sacrificed and tissues were removed from animals as quickly as possible to minimize post-mortem delay. Tissues were immediately frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at -8O0C until further use. Homogenization of the tissues was carried out by manual grinding followed by homogenization in cell lysis buffer (50 mM Tris, pH 8.0, 1 mM PMSF, 0.1% NP-40, 1 mM NAG-Bt) using a tissue homogenizer (IKA) at 40C. Insoluble cell debris was removed by centrifugation at 17,900 x g for 20 minutes at 4°C and the resulting supernatant was stored at -200C until use.
[00191] Western blotting of the samples thus obtained was carried out using the α-O- GIcNAc antibody (CTDl 10.6; Covance) and the oc-actin antibody as described previously.106 Equal amounts of homogenized brain and muscle tissue from animals treated with NAG-Bt or vehicle alone were separated by SDS-PAGE followed by probing with the primary α-O-GlcNAc antibody and an anti-IgM-mouse IgG-HRP conjugate. The resulting Western blots are shown in Figures IA-F, and clearly reveal a dose-dependent elevation of O-GlcNAc levels in both brain and muscle tissue. Figures 1C and ID are Western blots of samples loaded in the upper panels (Figures IA and IB) probed using anti-β-actin mAb clone AC-40 followed by an anti-mouse IgG-HRP conjugate, and reveal equivalent sample loading. Analysis of the Western blot results by densitometry (Figures IE-F) reveals a more pronounced effect in brain tissue at the 250 mg/kg dose (roughly 25-fold elevation of O- GIcNAc levels over baseline) as compared to the effect in muscle tissue (roughly 10-fold elevation of O-GlcNAc levels over baseline). These results demonstrate there a dose- response for elevation of brain and muscle O-GlcNAc levels by IV administration of NAG- Bt, and that the minimum IV dose required for an observable effect in brain is roughly 5 mg/kg, under the conditions used.
Example 30 Decrease of rat brain tau phosphorylation levels
[00192] The effect of oral administration of NAG-Bt on tau phosphorylation levels in brain tissue in Sprague-Dawley rats was measured. All animals were obtained from Charles- River as 5-week old healthy male Sprague-Dawley rats. Animals were given one week to acclimatize and at six weeks of age the appropriate treatment was initiated. Four animals were fed food containing 100 mg/kg/day of NAG-Bt for five days. Four additional animals fed with food containing no inhibitor were used as controls. At the end of five days, the animals were fasted for 11 hours, then the four animals that received NAG-Bt in food were each given an intravenous tail vein injection of 50 mg/kg NAG-Bt. All animals were fasted for a further 5 hours, then they were sacrificed and brains were removed, stored, and processed as described in Example 29.
[00193]
Western blotting of the samples thus obtained was carried out using the α-O-GlcNAc antibody (CTDl 10.6; Covance) and α-Actin antibody as described previously.106 For Tau blotting, pS199, pS214, pS217, pS262, pS396, and pS422 (Biosource), Tau-5 (Lab Vision; a non-PTM dependent tau antibody), Tau-1 (Chemicon; selective for nonphosphorylated Serl95, Serl98, Serl99, and Ser202), and pS404 (Sigma) antibodies were used according to the manufacturer's protocols. Equal amounts of homogenized brain tissue from an animal treated with and without NAG-Bt were separated by SDS-PAGE followed by probing with each of the primary antibodies and an appropriate secondary antibody (either an anti-mouse or anti-rabbit IgG-HRP conjugate, as appropriate). The resulting Western blots are shown in Figures 2A-I, and reveal decreases of brain tau phosphorylation at multiple sites following treatment with NAG-Bt; lanes labeled "+" indicate samples from animals receiving NAG-Bt, while lanes labeled "-" indicate samples from animals receiving vehicle alone. Treated animals exhibit decreases in phosphorylation at the Tau-1 epitope (including Serl95, Serl98, Serl99, and Ser202), Serl99, Ser262, Ser396, Ser422, and Thr231; brain lysates probed using the Tau-5 primary antibody show equivalent sample loading. Treatment with NAG-Bt increases phosphorylation at Ser214 and Ser404, a result consistent with observations made in cultured cells using a non-selective O-GlcNAcase inhibitor. Dosing with NAG-Bt essentially blocks phosphorylation of two critically important sites (Thr231 and Ser396) involved in the toxic self-assembly of tau.116'117 These data demonstrate that oral administration of NAG-Bt has the overall effect of reducing tau phosphorylation levels in the brain. Example 31 Elevation of rat cardiac O-GlcNAc levels
[00194] The effect of intravenous (IV) administration of (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-2- (ethylamino)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (Compound 25, hereinafter referred to as NAG-AE) on O-GlcNAc levels in cardiac tissue in Sprague-Dawley rats was measured. Animals were obtained from Charles-River as 5- week old healthy male Sprague-Dawley rats. Animals were given one week to acclimatize and at six weeks of age the appropriate treatment was initiated. Nine animals were given intravenous tail vein injections of 50 mg/kg NAG-AE; following injection, one animal was sacrificed at each of the following time points: 0, 1, 2, 4, 7, 10, 13, 16, and 20 h. In addition, one animal was given an injection of vehicle (PBS - pH 7.4) and sacrificed two hours later for use as a control. Tissues were removed from sacrificed animals as quickly as possible to minimize post-mortem delay. The hearts from each animal were immediately frozen in liquid nitrogen and stored at -800C until further use. Homogenization of the cardiac tissue was carried out by manual grinding followed by homogenization in cell lysis buffer (50 mM Tris, pH 8.0, 1 mM PMSF, 0.1% NP-40, 1 mM NAG-Bt) using a tissue homogenizer (IK-A) at 40C. Insoluble cell debris was removed by centrifugation at 17,900 x g for 20 minutes at 4°C and the resulting supernatant was stored at -200C until use.
[00195] Western blotting of the samples thus obtained was carried out using the α-O- GIcNAc antibody (CTDl 10.6; Covance) and the α-actin antibody as described previously.106 Equal amounts of homogenized cardiac tissue from animals treated with NAG-AE for the varying lengths of time were separated by SDS-PAGE followed by probing with the primary α-O-GlcNAc antibody and an anti-IgM-mouse IgG-HRP conjugate. The resulting Western blots are shown in Figures 3A-B, and clearly reveal a time-dependent elevation of O-GlcNAc levels in cardiac tissue, with a maximum effect being obtained between 4 and 13 h. Figure 3B shows a Western blot of samples loaded in the upper panel (Figure 3A) probed using an anti-β-actin mAb clone AC-40 followed by an anti-mouse IgG-HRP conjugate, and reveals equivalent sample loading. These results demonstrate there an elevation of cardiac O-GlcNAc levels resulting from IV administration of NAG-AE. The other compounds of the invention behave in a similar manner to NAG- AE.
Example 32 Reduction of NFT formation in transgenic P301L JNPL3 mice
[00196] Animal dosing and tissue collection. Hemizygous transgenic female JNPL3 mice overexpressing human mutant tau protein (P301L) and wild type control mice were obtained from Taconic Farms, Inc. (model numbers 001638-T-F and 001638-W-F, respectively). The mice were 10-12 weeks of age at delivery, designated "week 1" of the study. In week 1, the mice were split into four groups: Group A (transgenic mice) received vehicle alone throughout the study; Group B (transgenic mice) received 100 mg/kg/day NAG-Bt in their food from week 1 to week 15, then were switched to 1000 mg/kg/day NAG-Bt in their drinking water from week 16 to week 32; Group D (transgenic mice) received vehicle alone from weeks 1 to 15, and then 500 mg/kg/day NAG-AE in their drinking water from weeks 16 to 32; Group E (wild-type) received vehicle alone throughout the study. In week 32, three animals per group were sacrificed and tissues were collected. Transgenic mice and controls were sacrificed using a CO2 chamber. About 45 seconds after they stopped breathing, they were perfused transcardially with 30 mL of 0.9% NaCl buffer followed by 30 mL of 4% paraformaldehyde (w/v in Ix phosphate-buffered saline, PBS, pH 7.4). The brains were then carefully dissected and post-fixed in 4% parformaldehyde before being cryoprotected in 20% sucrose (w/v in Ix PBS) for 24 hours at 40C.
[00197] Cryostat sectioning. The brains were then mounted with optimal cutting temperature (OCT) medium (Tissue Tek) and sectioned sagittally on a Reichert-Jung Cryocut 1800 (Leica) using Feather microtome blades (Tissue Tek) at 50 μm and placed in IX PBS for further processing. The cryostat temperature was set at -170C to -19°C.
[00198] Immunohistochemical staining. Free-floating 50 μm sagittal sections (lateral about 0.6 mm from midline, Mouse Brain in Stereotaxic Coordinates, second edition, by George Paxinos and Leith BJ. Franklin) were permeabilized with Ix PBS containing 0.3% Triton X-100 for 15 min. After blocking with 10% goat serum and 2.5% BSA for 1 h at room temperature, sections were incubated with specific antibodies overnight at 4 0C (primary antibodies: anti-OGlcNAc, Covance; anti-phospho Tau-ser404, Santa Cruz). The sections then were washed three times with 0.3% Triton X-100 in PBS for 15 min each and incubated with specific secondary antibody conjugated with Cy3 or FITC for 1.5 h at room temperature in the dark. After several washes in Ix PBS, sections were mounted on slides and air-dried in the dark. Once dry, Vectashield Mounting Medium (Vector Laboratories, Inc.) was added to the slide before applying coverslips. Coverslips were sealed with clear nail enamel and slides were stored in dark at 40C. For negative control staining, sections were incubated without primary antibodies.
[00199] Imaging. Sections were visualized using a Leica fluorescent microscope (DM4000B). A filter set (excitation peak: 480 ran, emission peak: 520 ran, Leica) was used for O-GlcNAc/FITC imaging and another filter set (excitation filter: 530-550 ran, emission filter: 570 nm, Leica) was used for phospho-Tau-ser404/Cy3 imaging. 10x Images from the hippocampus regions of brains were acquired using a Spot digital camera (Diagnostic Instruments, Sterling Heights, MI, USA). and processed with LAS (Leica Application Suite) software. [00200] The images of hippocampal brain sections from representative mice in each group are shown in Figures 4A-H. The images on the right-hand side (Figures 4E- H) are sections stained with anti-OGlcNAc antibody, and light areas correspond to regions with high levels of protein O-GlcNAc modification. The images on the left-hand side (Figures 4A-D) are sections stained with anti-phospho Tau-Ser404 antibody, and light areas correspond to regions with high levels of phosphorylated tau protein; in particular, the bright dots correspond to aggregates of hyperphosphorylated tau protein, or neurofibrillary tangles (NFTs). The grey boxes highlight similar section areas for comparative purposes. It is clear that the groups receiving vehicle alone (Groups E and A, Figures 4E-F) exhibit low levels of protein O-GlcNAc modification, while those groups receiving either NAG-Bt or NAG- AE (Groups B and D, Figures 4G-H) show dramatically elevated levels of O-GlcNAc modification (right-hand panels). More striking are the differences in hyperphosphorylated tau and NFT formation between groups. As expected, the wild-type mice (Group E, Figure 4A) show low levels of phosphorylated tau, while the untreated transgenic animals (Group A) exhibit extensive tau phosphorylation and NFT formation. However, groups receiving either NAG-Bt or NAG-AE (Groups B and D, Figures 4C and 4D, respectively) show dramatically reduced levels of tau phosphorylation and NFT formation compared to the untreated transgenic animals (Group A, Figure 4B). These images provide compelling evidence that the compounds of the invention have the desired effect of reducing the number of NFTs and overall tau phosphorylation in a murine model of Alzheimer's disease. Example 33
Eight-month repeat dose toxicology study in rats [00201] The toxicological effects of repeated oral administration of (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5- (hydroxymethyl)-2-propyl-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (NAG- Bt) to Sprague-Dawley rats over eight months was measured. All animals were obtained from Charles-River as 5-week old healthy male Sprague-Dawley rats. Animals were given one week to acclimatize and at six weeks of age the appropriate treatment was initiated. Eight animals were fed food containing 100 mg/kg/day of NAG-Bt for eight months. Eight additional animals fed with food containing no inhibitor were used as controls. During this time, body weight, food consumption, water consumption, and blood glucose levels were monitored for animals in each group (Figures 5A-D, respectively; data for control rats represented by squares, data for dosed rats represented by circles); no significant differences were noted between the two groups. No gross pathological abnormalities or behavioural differences were observed in the group receiving NAG-Bt during this time. After four months of dosing, blood and urine samples were collected from four rats in each group. These samples were analyzed by hematology (CBC), serum chemistry and urinalysis (Tables 5 and 6); no statistically significant differences were detected between groups.
[00202] Table 5 shows results from hematology (CBC) and serum chemistry tests on rats dosed orally with NAG-Bt for 4 months at 100 mg/kg/day versus controls
Figure imgf000093_0001
Creatinine (uM) 23.8 11.0 29.0 9.1
Sodium (mM) 147.0 0.8 145.8 2.1
Potassium (mM) 6.4 0.6 5.9 0.6
Calcium (mM) 2.7 0.0 2.7 0.1
Phosphorus (mM) 2.3 02 2.2 0.2
Total Protein (g/l) 78.0 2.7 78.0 4.5
Albumin (g/l) 49.8 1.5 47.8 4.7
Globulin (g/l) 28.3 2.5 30.3 1.0
Albumin/Globulin 1.8 02 1.6 0.2
Bilirubin total (uM) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0
Alkaline phsphatase (iu/l) 152.5 28.2 168.3 27.8
AST (iu/l) 255.8 56 2 202.3 37.9
Gamma gt (iu/l) 12.0 4.3 17.5 4.2
Chloride (mM) 106.0 0.0 104.5 1.9
Carbon Dioxide (mM) 15.8 1.3 17.5 1.3
Osmolality (mmol/kg) 295.3 3.5 292.9 3.4
Anion Gap 31.8 1.7 29.8 2.2
Creatine Phosphokinase (iu/l) 1591.0 325.5 1324.5 321.6
ALT (iu/l) 124.3 29.5 109.3 18.4
Sorbitol Dehydrogenase (iU/L) 15.8 7.6 22.3 7.3
Cholesterol (mM) 1.9 0.3 2.9 0.6
Triglyceride (mM) 1.8 0.5 2.7 1.4
Table 6 shows results from urinalysis tests on rats dosed orally with NAG-Bt for 4 months at 100 mg/kg/day versus controls
Urine Measurement Untreated (-) Treated (+)
SP. GRV. 1.06 1.05 1.05 1.05 1.042 1.046 1.036
Appear Clear SIcId Clear SIcId Turbid Turbid Clear
Color Yellow Yellow Pale Yellow Yellow Yellow Yellow
Protein (g/L) Trace 1 Trace Trace 1 neg neg
Glucose neg neg neg neg neg neg neg
Blood 2+ trace neg 1 + 2+ neg 2+
Bilirubin neg neg neg neg neg neg neg
Urobil Norm Norm Norm Norm Norm Norm Norm
WBC 0-3 0-3 neg neg 0-3 neg neg
RBC 6 0-10 0-3 0-3 0-3 0-3 0-3 neg
Epith Few Few Few neg neg neg neg
Hyal cast neg neg neg neg neg neg neg Gran Cast neg neg neg neg neg neg neg
RBC Cast neg neg neg neg neg neg neg
Bacteria neg neg neg neg Moderate neg neg
Mucus neg few neg neg neg few neg
Crystals P04 P04 PO4 PO4 PO4 PO4
Amount Many Moderate Few Many Many Many
[00203]
[00204] Notably, no changes in ALT, AST, bilirubin or sorbitol dehydrogenase were observed in the dosed group, indicating the absence of liver toxicity. At the end of eight months, all animals were sacrificed and their organs removed and weighed. Organ weights (brain, liver, pancreas, spleen, heart, fat, muscle) for 6 animals from each group are shown in Figure 6; no significant differences were observed between groups. These results indicate that there are no serious toxicological consequences resulting from long-term dosing of NAG-Bt in rats. This evidence supports the use of the compounds of the invention in humans to safely treat disease conditions responsive to modulation of protein O-GlcNAc levels; specifically, these data indicate the compounds of the invention have a suitable safety profile to be used for therapeutic purposes.
Example 34 Decrease of rat brain tau phosphorylation levels
[00205] The effect of oral administration of (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(ethylamino)-5- (hydroxymethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (Compound 25, NAG-AE) on tau phosphorylation levels in brain tissue in Sprague-Dawley rats was measured. All animals were obtained from Charles-River as 5-week old healthy male Sprague-Dawley rats. Animals were given one week to acclimatize and at six weeks of age the appropriate treatment was initiated. Three animals received 200 mg/kg/day of NAG-AE in their drinking water for one day. Three additional animals received drinking water containing no NAG-AE and were used as controls. Immediately following the dosing period, all animals were sacrificed and brains were removed, stored, and processed as described in Example 29.
[00206] Western Blots. Samples were separated through 10% sodium dodecyl sulfate polyacrylamide gels (SDS-PAGE) and then transferred to nitrocellulose (Bio-Rad) membranes. Membranes were then blocked for 1 h at room temperature (RT) with 1 % bovine serum albumin (BSA) in PBS containing 0.1 % Tween-20 (Sigma) (PBS-T) and then subsequently probed with appropriate primary antibody delivered in 1 % BSA in PBS-T for either 1 h at RT or overnight at 40C. Membranes were then extensively washed with PBS- T, blocked again for 30 min with 1 % BSA in PBS-T at RT and then probed with the appropriate HRP conjugated secondary antibody for 1 h at RT delivered in 1 % BSA in PBS-T. Finally, the membranes were washed extensively and then developed with
SuperSignal West Pico Chemiluminesence substrate (Pierce) and exposed to CL-XPosure Film (Pierce).
[00207] Antibodies. Mouse monoclonal α-Tau-5 which recognizes the central region of tau in a phosphorylation state independent manner was purchased from Lab Vision Corporation and used at a dilution of 1:500. Rabbit polyclonal α-Tau [ρS231], α-Tau [pT396], and α-Tau [pS422] recognize phosphorylated Thr-231, Ser-396, and Ser-422 respectively, and were purchased from Biosource International and used at a dilution of 1 : 1000. Mouse monoclonal α-O-GlcNAc (CTDl 10.6) which recognizes the O-GlcNAc monosaccharide modification was purchased from Covance and used at a dilution of 1 :2500. Mouse monoclonal α-actin (clone AC-40) was purchased from Sigma and was used at a dilution of 1:1000.
[00208] As can be seen in Figures 7B-D, treatment of healthy rats with NAG-AE causes a reduction in tau phosphorylation at Ser-396, Thr-231, and Ser-422, respectively. By densitometry the phosphorylation at these residues is reduced by -3.1, -2.7 and -1.8-fold respectively (Figure 7E). Western blots with the Tau-5 antibody demonstrates that there is an equal amount of total tau protein in each lane (Figure 7A) and thus the observed differences between groups cannot be attributed to differences in total tau loading. These same samples were then immunoblotted with an O-GlcNAc specific antibody which reveals that the global levels of O-GlcNAc are increased in the NAG-AE treated animals, as shown in Figure7F. Figure 7G shows a Western blot of samples loaded in the upper panel (Figure 7F) probed using an anti-β-actin mAb antibody, and reveals equivalent sample loading.
Example 35 [00209] Nine-month repeat dose toxicology study in mice
The toxicological effects of repeated oral administration of (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-5- (hydroxymethyl)-2-propyl-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH-pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (NAG- Bt) and (3aR,5R,6S,7R,7aR)-2-(ethylamino)-5-(hydroxymethyl)-5,6,7,7a-tetrahydro-3aH- pyrano[3,2-d]thiazole-6,7-diol (NAG-AE) to wild-type JNPL3 mice over nine months was measured. All animals were obtained from Taconic Farms, Inc. (model number 001638-W- F), and were 10-12 weeks of age at delivery, designated "week 1" of the study. In week 1, the mice were split into three groups: Group E received vehicle alone throughout the study; Group Fl received 100 mg/kg/day NAG-Bt in their food from week 1 to week 15, then were switched to 500 mg/kg/day NAG-AE in their drinking water from week 16 to week 40; Group F2 received 100 mg/kg/day NAG-Bt in their food from week 1 to week 15 then were switched to 1000 mg/kg/day NAG-Bt in their drinking water from week 16 to week 40. During this time, body weight, food consumption, and water consumption were monitored for animals in each group; no significant differences were noted between groups. No gross pathological abnormalities or behavioural differences were observed in the groups receiving NAG-Bt or NAG-AE during this time. In week 40, blood and urine samples were collected from animals in each group; the urine samples for animals in each group were pooled prior to analysis, while the blood samples were analyzed individually. These samples were analyzed by hematology (CBC), serum chemistry and urinalysis (Tables 7 and 8); no statistically significant differences were detected between groups.
Table 7 shows results from hematology (CBC) and serum chemistry tests on mice dosed orally with NAG-Bt or NAG-AE for nine months versus controls
Group E Group F2 Group F1
CBC / Serum Measurement Untreated (-) NAG-Bt treated NAG-AE treated
(n = 4 ι nice) (n = 2 mice) (n = 4 mice) average sd average sd average sd
Hematology
White cell cnt (ie9 /L) 3.3 1.3 1.8 0.3 3.0 0.9
Differential
Eosinophils'^ 0 - 3 3 2 3
Neutrophils'^ 7 3 37 33 6 3
Lymphocytes% 91 3 52 32 86 6
Monocytes% 3 3 8 2 6 2
Morphology
Platelets adequate adequate adequate
RBC Morph normal normal normal
Manual pcv LVL 0.45 0.01 0.42 0.02 0.44 0.02
Chemistry
Glucose (m M) 0.8 - 1.5 0.2 1.3 0.9
Blood Urea Nitrogen (mM) 7 3 6.3 0.2 6 3
Creatinine (uM) 35 24 6.2 0.4 13 6
Bun/Cr Ratio 87 59 256 9 114 68
Sodium (mM) 122 25 136 24 148 13
Potassium (mM) 13 2 13 2 15 4 Na/K Ratio 9.0 0.7 10.5 0.5 11 2
Chloride (mM) 89 20 100 17 1 12 13
Carbon Dioxide (mM) 0.6 0.3 0.75 0.05 1.3 0.7
Anion Gap 46 7 49 9 50 4
Calcium (mM) 2.6 0.2 2.5 0.1 2.4 0.2
Phosphorus (mM) 7 3 6.2 1.6 6.7 1.3
Total Protein (g/L) 70 33 72 3 76 5
Albumin (g/L) 29 13 33 11 38 8
Globulin (g/L) 41 20 39 9 38 11
Albumin/Globulin Ratio 0 8 0.2 1 0.5 1.3 0.8
Alkaline phsphatase (IU/L) 54 31 70 13 116 43
AST (IU/L) 272 136 250 93 201 62
Gamma gt (IU/L) 37 25 39 15 30 9
Creatine Phosphokinase (IU/L) 2448 1236 1452 776 1981 1229
Osmolality (mmol/kg) 204 - 286 48 142 143
ALT (IU/L) 18 1.3 26 11 15 1
Sorbitol Dehydrogenase (IU/L) 297 24 184 71 234 99
Table 8 shows results from urinalysis tests on mice dosed orally with NAG-Bt or NAG-AE for nine months versus controls
Figure imgf000098_0001
[00210] Notably, no changes in ALT, AST, or sorbitol dehydrogenase were observed in the dosed group, indicating the absence of liver toxicity. These results indicate that there are no serious toxicological consequences resulting from long-term dosing of NAG-Bt or NAG- AE in mice at comparatively high levels. This evidence supports the use of the compounds of the invention in humans to safely treat disease conditions responsive to modulation of protein O-GlcNAc levels; specifically, these data indicate the compounds of the invention have a suitable safety profile to be used for therapeutic purposes. [00211 ] The present invention has been described with regard to one or more embodiments. However, it will be apparent to persons skilled in the art that a number of variations and modifications can be made without departing from the scope of the invention as defined in the claims.
REFERENCES
1. C R. Torres, G. W. Hart, J Biol Chem 1984, 259, 3308.
2. R. S. Haltiwanger, G. D. Holt, G. W. Hart, J Biol Chem 1990, 265, 2563. 3. L. K. Kreppel, M. A. Blomberg, G. W. Hart, J Biol Chem 1997, 272, 9308.
4. W. A. Lubas, D. W. Frank, M. Krause, J. A. Hanover, J Biol Chem 1997, 272, 9316.
5. W. A. Lubas, J. A. Hanover, J Biol Chem 2000, 275, 10983.
6. D. L. Dong, G. W. Hart, J Biol Chem 1994, 269, 19321.
7. Y. Gao, L. Wells, F. I. Comer, G. J. Parker, G. W. Hart, J Biol Chem 2001, 276, 9838.
8. E. P. Roquemore, M. R. Chevrier, R. J. Cotter, G. W. Hart, Biochemistry 1996, 35, 3578.
9. S. P. Jackson, R. Tjian, Cell 1988, 55, 125.
10. W. G. Kelly, M. E. Dahmus, G. W. Hart, J Biol Chem 1993, 268, 10416. 11. M. D. Roos, K. Su, J. R. Baker, J. E. Kudlow, MoI Cell Biol 1997, 17, 6472.
12. N. Lamarre- Vincent, L. C. Hsieh- Wilson, JAm Chem Soc 2003, 125, 6612.
13. F. Zhang, K. Su, X. Yang, D. B. Bowe, A. J. Paterson, J. E. Kudlow, Cell 2003, 115, 715.
14. K. Vosseller, L. Wells, M. D. Lane, G. W. Hart, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2002, 99, 5313.
15. W. A. Lubas, M. Smith, C. M. Starr, J. A. Hanover, Biochemistry 1995, 34, 1686.
16. L. S. Griffith, B. Schmitz, Biochem Biophys Res Commun 1995, 213, 424.
17. R. N. Cole, G. W. Hart, JNeurochem 1999, 73, 418.
18. I. Braidman, M. Carroll, N. Dance, D. Robinson, Biochem J 1974, 143, 295. 19. R. Ueno, C. S. Yuan, Biochim Biophys Acta 1991, 1074, 79.
20. C. Toleman, A. J. Paterson, T. R. Whisenhunt, J. E. Kudlow, J Biol Chem 2004.
21. F. Liu, K. Iqbal, I. Grundke-Iqbal, G. W. Hart, C. X. Gong, Proc Natl Acad Sci US A 2004, 707, 10804.
22. T. Y. Chou, G. W. Hart, Adv Exp Med Biol 2001, 491, 413. 23. M. Goedert, M. G. Spillantini, N. J. Cairns, R. A. Crowther, Neuron 1992, 8, 159.
24. M. Goedert, M. G. Spillantini, R. Jakes, D. Rutherford, R. A. Crowther, Neuron 1989, 5, 519.
25. E. Kopke, Y. C. Tung, S. Shaikh, A. C. Alonso, K. Iqbal, I. Grundke-Iqbal, J Biol Chem 1993, 268, 24374. 26. H. Ksiezak-Reding, W. K. Liu, S. H. Yen, Brain Res 1992, 597, 209.
27. B. Henrissat, A. Bairoch, Biochem J 1996, 316 (Pt 2), 695.
28. B. Henrissat, A. Bairoch, Biochem J 1993, 293 (Pt 3), 781.
29. C. X. Gong, F. Liu, I. Grundke-Iqbal, K. Iqbal, J Neural Transm 2005, 112, 813.
30. K. Iqbal, C. Alonso Adel, E. El-Akkad, C. X. Gong, N. Haque, S. Khatoon, I. Tsujio, I. Grundke-Iqbal, J Neural Transm Suppl 2002, 309.
31. K. Iqbal, C. Alonso Adel, E. El-Akkad, C. X. Gong, N. Haque, S. Khatoon, J. J. Pei, H. Tanimukai, I. Tsujio, et al., JMolNeurosci 2003, 20, 425.
32. W. Noble, E. Planel, C. Zehr, V. Olm, J. Meyerson, F. Suleman, K. Gaynor, L. Wang, J. LaFrancois, et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2005, 102, 6990. 33. S. Le Corre, H. W. Klafki, N. Plesnila, G. Hubinger, A. Obermeier, H. Sahagun, B.
Monse, P. Seneci, J. Lewis, et al., Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2006, 103, 9673. 34. S. J. Liu, J. Y. Zhang, H. L. Li, Z. Y. Fang, Q. Wang, H. M. Deng, C. X. Gong, I. Grundke-Iqbal, K. Iqbal, et al., J Biol Chem 2004, 279, 50078. 35. G. Li, H. Yin, J. Kuret, J Biol Chem 2004, 279, 15938.
36. T. Y. Chou, G. W. Hart, C. V. Dang, J Biol Chem 1995, 270, 18961.
37. X. Cheng, G. W. Hart, J Biol Chem 2001, 276, 10570.
38. X. Cheng, R. N. Cole, J. Zaia, G. W. Hart, Biochemistry 2000, 39, 11609. 39. L. S. Griffith, B. Schmitz, Eur J ' Biochem 1999, 262, 824.
40. K. Kamemura, G. W. Hart, Prog Nucleic Acid Res MoI Biol 2003, 73, 107.
41. L. Wells, L. K. Kreppel, F. I. Comer, B. E. Wadzinski, G. W. Hart, J Biol Chem 2004, 279, 38466.
42. L. Bertram, D. Blacker, K. Mullin, D. Keeney, J. Jones, S. Basu, S. Yhu, M. G. Mclnnis, R. C. Go, et al., Science 2000, 290, 2302.
43. S. Hoyer, D. Blum-Degen, H. G. Bernstein, S. Engelsberger, J. Humrich, S. Laufer, D. Muschner, A. Thalheimer, A. Turk, et al., Journal of Neural Transmission 1998, 105, 423.
44. C. X. Gong, F. Liu, I. Grundke-Iqbal, K. Iqbal, Journal ofAlzheimers Disease 2006, 9, 1.
45. W. J. Jagust, J. P. Seab, R. H. Huesman, P. E. VaIk, C. A. Mathis, B. R. Reed, P. G. Coxson, T. F. Budinger, Journal of Cerebral Blood Flow and Metabolism 1991, 11, 323.
46. S. Hoyer, Experimental Gerontology 2000, 55, 1363. 47. S. Hoyer, in Frontiers in Clinical Neuroscience: Neurodegeneration and Neuroprotection, Vol. 541, 2004, pp. 135.
48. R. N. Kalaria, S. I. Harik, Journal ofNeurochemistry 1989, 53, 1083.
49. I. A. Simpson, K. R. Chundu, T. Davieshill, W. G. Honer, P. Davies, Annals of Neurology 1994, 35, 546. 50. S. M. de Ia Monte, J. R. Wands, Journal ofAlzheimers Disease 2005, 7, 45.
51. X. W. Zhu, G. Perry, M. A. Smith, Journal ofAlzheimers Disease 2005, 7, 81.
52. J. C. de Ia Torre, Neurological Research 2004, 26, 517.
53. S. Marshall, W. T. Garvey, R. R. Traxinger, Faseb J 1991, 5, 3031.
54. S. P. Iyer, Y. Akimoto, G. W. Hart, J Biol Chem 2003, 278, 5399. 55. K. Brickley, M. J. Smith, M. Beck, F. A. Stephenson, J Biol Chem 2005, 280, 14723.
56. S . Knapp, C H. Yang, T. Haimowitz, Tetrahedron Letters 2002, 43, 7101.
57. S. P. Iyer, G. W. Hart, J Biol Chem 2003, 278, 24608.
58. M. Jinek, J. Rehwinkel, B. D. Lazarus, E. Izaurralde, J. A. Hanover, E. Conti, Nat Struct MoI Biol 2004, 11, 1001.
59. K. Kamemura, B. K. Hayes, F. I. Comer, G. W. Hart, J Biol Chem 2002, 277, 19229.
60. Y. Deng, B. Li, F. Liu, K. Iqbal, I. Grundke-Iqbal, R. Brandt, C-X. Gong, FASEB J. 2007, fj.07. 61. L. F. Lau, J. B. Schachter, P. A. Seymour, M. A. Sanner, Curr Top Med Chem 2002, 2, 395.
62. P. Bounelis, J. Liu, Y. Pang, J. C. Chatham, R. B. Marchase, Shock 2004, 21 170 Suppl. 2, 58.
63. N. Fulop, V. Champattanachal, R. B. Marchase, J. C Chatham, Circulation Research 2005, 97, E28.
64. J. Liu, R. B. Marchase, J. C Chatham, Faseb Journal 2006, 20, A317.
65. R. Marchase, P. Bounelis, J. Chatham, I. Chaudry, Y. Pang, PCT Int. Appl. WO 2006016904 2006.
66. N. Fulop, P. P. Wang, R. B. Marchase, J. C. Chatham, Journal of Molecular and Cellular Cardiology 2004, 37, 286. 67. N. Fulop, P. P. Wang, R. B. Marchase, J. C. Chatham, Faseb Journal 2005, 19, A689.
68. J. Liu, R. B. Marchase, J. C. Chatham, Journal of Molecular and Cellular Cardiology 2007, 42, 177. 69. L. G. Not, C. A. Brocks, N. Fulop, R. B. Marchase, J. C. Chatham, Faseb Journal 2006, 20, A 1471.
70. S. L. Yang, L. Y. Zou, P. Bounelis, I. Chaudry, J. C. Chatham, R. B. Marchase, Shock 2006, 25, 600.
71. L. Y. Zou, S. L. Yang, P. Bounelis, I. H. Chaudry, J. C. Chatham, R. B. Marchase, Faseb Journal 2005, 19, A1224.
72. R. B. Marchase, J. Liu, L. Y. Zou, V. Champattanachai, Y. Pang, N. Fulop, P. P. Wang, S. L. Yang, P. Bounelis, et al., Circulation 2004, 110, 1099.
73. J. Liu, Y. Pang, T. Chang, P. Bounelis, J. C. Chatham, R. B. Marchase, Journal of Molecular and Cellular Cardiology 2006, 40, 303. 74. J. Liu, J. C. Chatham, R. B. Marchase, Faseb Journal 2005, 19, A691.
75. T. Nagy, V. Champattanachai, R. B. Marchase, J. C. Chatham, American Journal of Physiology-Cell Physiology 2006, 290, C57.
76. N. Fulop, R. B. Marchase, J. C. Chatham, Cardiovascular Research 2007, 73, 288.
77. T. Lefebvre, C. Guinez, V. Dehennaut, O. Beseme-Dekeyser, W. Morelle, J. C. Michalski, Expert Review of Proteomics 2005, 2, 265.
78. L. Wells, K. Vosseller, G. W. Hart, Science 2001, 291, 2376.
79. J. A. Hanover, FASEB J 2001, 15, 1865.
80. D. A. McClain, W. A. Lubas, R. C. Cooksey, M. Hazel, G. J. Parker, D. C. Love, J. A. Hanover, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA 2002, 99, 10695. 81. P. J. Yao, P. D. Coleman, JNeurosci 1998, 18, 2399.
82. W. H. Yang, J. E. Kim, H. W. Nam, J. W. Ju, H. S. Kim, Y. S. Kim, J. W. Cho, Nature Cell Biology 2006, 8, 1074.
83. B. Triggs-Raine, D. J. Mahuran, R. A. Gravel, Adv Genet 2001, 44, 199.
84. D. Zhou, J. Mattner, C. Cantu Iii, N. Schrantz, N. Yin, Y. Gao, Y. Sagiv, K. Hudspeth, Y. Wu, et al., Science 2004.
85. G. Legler, E. Lullau, E. Kappes, F. Kastenholz, Biochim Biophys Acta 1991, 1080, 89.
86. M. Horsch, L. Hoesch, A. Vasella, D. M. Rast, EurJBiochem 1991, 197, 815.
87. J. Liu, A. R. Shikhman, M. K. Lotz, C. H. Wong, Chem Biol 2001, 8, 701. 88. S. Knapp, D. J. Vocadlo, Z. N. Gao, B. Kirk, J. P. Lou, S. G. Withers, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 1996, 118, 6804.
89. V. H. Lillelund, H. H. Jensen, X. Liang, M. BoIs, Chem Rev 2002, 102, 515.
90. R. J. Konrad, I. Mikolaenko, J. F. Tolar, K. Liu, J. E. Kudlow, Biochem J2001, 356, 31. 91. K. Liu, A. J. Paterson, F. Zhang, J. McAndrew, K. Fukuchi, J. M. Wyss, L. Peng, Y. Hu, J. E. Kudlow, JNeurochem 2004, 89, 1044.
92. G. Parker, R. Taylor, D. Jones, D. McClain, J Biol Chem 2004, 279, 20636.
93. E. B. Arias, J. Kim, G. D. Cartee, Diabetes 2004, 55, 921.
94. A. Junod, A. E. Lambert, L. Orci, R. Pictet, A. E. Gonet, A. E. Renold, Proc Soc Exp Biol Med 1967, 126, 201.
95. R. A. Bennett, A. E. Pegg, Cancer Res 1981, 41, 2786.
96. K. D. Kroncke, K. Fehsel, A. Sommer, M. L. Rodriguez, V. Kolb-Bachofen, Biol Chem Hoppe Seyler 1995, 376, 179.
97. H. Yamamoto, Y. Uchigata, H. Okamoto, Nature 1981, 294, 284. 98. K. Yamada, K. Nonaka, T. Hanafiisa, A. Miyazaki, H. Toyoshima, S. Tarui, Diabetes 1982, 31, 749.
99. V. Burkart, Z. Q. Wang, J. Radons, B. Heller, Z. Herceg, L. Stingl, E. F. Wagner, H. KoIb, Nat Med 1999, 5, 314. 100. M. D. Roos, W. Xie, K. Su, J. A. Clark, X. Yang, E. Chin, A. J. Paterson, J. E. Kudlow, Proc Assoc Am Physicians 1998, 110, All.
101. Y. Gao, G. J. Parker, G. W. Hart, Arch Biochem Biophys 2000, 383, 296.
102. R. Okuyama, M. Yachi, Biochem Biophys Res Commun 2001, 287, 366.
103. N. E. Zachara, N. O'Donnell, W. D. Cheung, J. J. Mercer, J. D. Marth, G. W. Hart, J Biol Chem 2004, 279, 30133.
104. J. A. Hanover, Z. Lai, G. Lee, W. A. Lubas, S. M. Sato, Arch Biochem Biophys 1999, 362, 38.
105. K. Liu, A. J. Paterson, R. J. Konrad, A. F. Parlow, S. Jimi, M. Roh, E. Chin, Jr., J. E. Kudlow, MoI Cell Endocrinol 2002, 194, 135. 106. M. S. Macauley, G. E. Whitworth, A. W. Debowski, D. Chin, D. J. Vocadlo, J Biol Chem 2005, 280, 25313.
107. B. L. Mark, D. J. Vocadlo, S. Knapp, B. L. Triggs-Raine, S. G. Withers, M. N. James, J Biol Chem 2001, 276, 10330.
108. R. S . Haltiwanger, K. Grove, G. A. Philipsberg, J Biol Chem 1998, 273, 3611. 109. D. J. Miller, X. Gong, B. D. Shur, Development 1993, 118, 1279.
110. L. Y. Zou, S. L. Yang, S. H. Hu, I. H. Chaudry, R. B. Marchase, J. C. Chatham, Shock 2001, 27, 402.
111. J. B. Huang, A. J. Clark, H. R. Petty, Cellular Immunology 2007, 245, 1.
112. U. J. G. Conference, in US/Japan Glyco 2004 Conference, Honolulu, Hawaii, 2004. 113. L. Y. Zou, S. L. Yang, S. H. Hu, I. H. Chaudry, R. B. Marchase, J. C. Chatham,
Faseb Journal 2006, 20, A1471.
114. V. Champattanachai, R. B. Marchase, J. C. Chatham, American Journal of Physiology-Cell Physiology 2007, 292, C 178.
115. J. C. Jochims, A. Seeliger, Tetrahedron 1965, 21, 2611. 116. G. T. Bramblett, M. Goedert, R. Jakes, S. E. Merrick, J. Q. Trojanowski, V. M. Lee,
Neuron 1993, 10, 1089.
117. A. d. C. Alonso, A. Mederlyova, M. Novak, I. Grundke-Iqbal, K. Iqbal, J Biol Chem 2004, 279, 34873.
All citations are hereby incorporated by reference.

Claims

WHAT IS CLAIMED IS:
1. A compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
Figure imgf000104_0001
(I) wherein each R1 is independently a non-interfering substituent;
R2 is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OR4, NR4 2, and NR4OR4, each of which may be optionally substituted with a non-interfering substituent; R3 is OR4, N3, or NR4 2; and each R4 is independently a non-interfering substituent, with the proviso that when each R1 is H and R3 is OH, R2 excludes CH3, CH2CH3, (CH2)2CH3, (CH2)3CH3, (CH2)4CH3, (CH2)6CH3, CH(CH3)2, CH2CH(CH3)2, NH(phenyl), NH(4-methoxyphenyl), N(CH3)2, (CH2)2P(O)(OH)(OCH3), and (CH2)2P(O)(OH)(O(CH2)7CH3); with the proviso that when each R1 is COCH3 and R3 is OC(O)CH3, R2 excludes CH3, CH2CH3, (CH2)2CH3, (CH2)3CH3, (CH2)4CH3, (CH2)6CH3, CH(CH3)2, CH2CH(CH3)2, NH(phenyl), NH(4-methoxyphenyl), N(CH3)2, (CH2)2P(O)(OH)(OCH3), and (CH2)2P(O)(OH)(O(CH2)7CH3), NHCH3, NH(CH2)2CH3, NHCH(CH3)2, NH(CH2)3CH3, NH(cyclohexyl), NH(benzyl), CH2Br, CHBr2, CH2P(O)(OCH2CH3)2,
(CH2)2P(O)(OCH3)(O(CH2)7CH3), (CH2)2P(O)(OCH3)2; (CH2)2P(O)(OCH3)2 , N(COCH3)(phenyl), and N(COCH3)(4-methoxyphenyl); and with the proviso that Formula (I) excludes compounds 74 to 85 described in Table 2.
2. The compound of claim 1 wherein each R1 may be connected to form an additional ring structure.
3. The compound of claim 1 or 2 wherein when R3 is OR4, R4 may be connected to either R1 to form an additional ring structure.
4. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 3 wherein said non-interfering substituent is selected from one or more of the group consisting of alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl, arylalkyl, arylalkenyl, and arylalkynyl.
5. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 4 wherein said non-interfering substituent comprises one or more heteroatoms selected from P, O, S, and N.
6. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 4 wherein said non-interfering substituent is optionally substituted. 7. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 3 wherein R1 is H or C(O)CH3.
8. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 3 wherein R2 is CH2F, CHF2, CF3, (CH2)2CH=CH2, (CH2)2CH=CHCH3, CH2OCH3, (CH2)2CF3, cyclopropylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, NH2, NHCH3, NHCH2CH3, NH(CH2)2CH3, NH(CH2)3CH3, NHCH2CH=CH2, NHcyclopropyl, NHCH2CH2F, NHCH2CHF2, NHCH2CF3, NHCH2CH2OH, NHCH2CH2OC(O)CH3, N(CH3)2, N(CH3)(CH2CH3), NHOCH3, OCH3, or (CH2)2CH3.
9. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 3 wherein R3 is OH, OC(O)CH3, N3, or NH2.
10. The compound of claim 1 wherein the compound is a compound described in Table 1.
11. The compound of claim 1 with the proviso that the compound excludes one or more of the compounds described in Table 2 or Table 3. 12. The compound of claim 1 wherein the compound is a prodrug.
13. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 12 wherein the compound selectively inhibits an O-glycoprotein 2-acetamido-2-deoxy-β-D-glucopyranosidase (O-GlcNAcase).
14. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 13 wherein the compound selectively binds an O-GlcNAcase. 15. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 14 wherein the compound selectively inhibits the cleavage of 2-acetamido-2-deoxy-β-D-glucopyranoside (0-GlcNAc).
16. The compound of claim 13 wherein the O-GlcNAcase is a mammalian O-GlcNAcase.
17. The compound of any one of claims 1 to 16 wherein the compound does not substantially inhibit a mammalian β-hexosaminidase.
18. A pharmaceutical composition comprising the compound of any one of claims 1 to 17 in combination with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
19. A method of selectively inhibiting an O-GlcNAcase in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
Figure imgf000106_0001
(i) wherein each R1 is independently a non-interfering substituent; R2 is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OR4, NR4 2, and NR4OR4, each of which may be optionally substituted with a non-interfering substituent;
R3 is OR4, N3, or NR4 2; and each R4 is independently a non-interfering substituent, with the proviso that when each R1 is H and R3 is OH, R2 excludes CH2CH3, (CH2)- 2CH3, (CH2)3CH3, (CH2)4CH3, CH(CH3)2, and CH2CH(CH3)2; and with the proviso that when each R1 is COCH3 and R3 is OC(O)CH3, R2 excludes CH2CH3, (CH2)2CH3, (CH2)3CH3, (CH2)4CH3, CH(CH3)2, and CH2CH(CH3)2.
20. A method of elevating the level of O-GlcNAc in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
Figure imgf000107_0001
(I) wherein each R1 is independently a non-interfering substiruent;
R2 is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OR4, NR4 2, and NR4OR4, each of which may be optionally substituted with a non-interfering substituent;
R3 is OR4, N3, or NR4 2; and each R4 is independently a non-interfering substituent, with the proviso that when each R1 is H and R3 is OH, R2 excludes CH2CH3, (CH2)- 2CH3, (CH2)3CH3, (CH2)4CH3, CH(CH3)2, and CH2CH(CH3)2; and with the proviso that when each R1 is COCH3 and R3 is OC(O)CH3, R2 excludes CH2CH3, (CH2)2CH3, (CH2)3CH3, (CH2)4CH3, CH(CH3)2, and CH2CH(CH3)2.
22. A method of treating a condition that is modulated by an O-GlcNAcase, in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
Figure imgf000107_0002
(D wherein each R1 is independently a non-interfering substituent; R2 is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OR4, NR4 2, and NR4OR4, each of which may be optionally substituted with a non-interfering substituent;
R3 is OR4, N3, or NR4 2; and each R4 is independently a non-interfering substituent, with the proviso that the condition excludes a neurodegenerative disease, a tauopathy, cancer or stress.
23. The method of claim 22 wherein the condition is selected from one or more of the group consisting of an inflammatory disease, an allergy, asthma, allergic rhinitis, hypersensitivity lung diseases, hypersensitivity pneumonitis, eosinophilic pneumonias, delayed-type hypersensitivity, atherosclerosis, interstitial lung disease (ILD), idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis, ILD associated with rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, ankylosing spondylitis, systemic sclerosis, Sjogren's syndrome, polymyositis or dermatomyositis, systemic anaphylaxis or hypersensitivity response, drug allergy, insect sting allergy, autoimmune disease, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, multiple sclerosis, systemic lupus erythematosus, myastenia gravis, glomerulonephritis, autoimmune thyroiditis, graft rejection, allograft rejection, graft- versus-host disease, inflammatory bowel disease, Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis, spondyloarthropathy, scleroderma, psoriasis, T- cell mediated psoriasis, inflammatory dermatosis, dermatitis, eczema, atopic dermatitis, allergic contact dermatitis, urticaria, vasculitis, necrotizing, cutaneous, and hypersensitivity vasculitis, eosinphilic myotis, eosiniphilic fasciitis, solid organ transplant rejection, heart transplant rejection, lung transplant rejection, liver transplant rejection, kidney transplant rejection, pancreas transplant rejection, kidney allograft, lung allograft, epilepsy, pain, stroke, neuroprotection.
24. A method of treating a condition selected from the group consisting of a neurodegenerative disease, a tauopathy, cancer and stress, in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
Figure imgf000109_0001
(I) wherein each R1 is independently a non-interfering substituent; R2 is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OR4, NR4 2, and NR4OR4, each of which may be optionally substituted with a non-interfering substituent;
R3 is OR4, N3, or NR4 2; and each R4 is independently a non-interfering substituent, with the proviso that when each R1 is H and R3 is OH, R2 excludes CH2CH3, (CH2)- 2CH3, (CH2)3CH3, (CH2)4CH3, CH(CH3)2, and CH2CH(CH3);-; and with the proviso that when each R1 is COCH3 and R3 is OC(O)CH3, R2 excludes CH2CH3, (CH2)2CH3, (CH2)3CH3, (CH2)4CH3, CH(CH3)2, and CH2CH(CH3)2.
25. The method of claim 24 wherein the condition is selected from one or more of the group consisting of Alzheimer's disease, Amyotrophic lateral sclerosis (ALS), Amylotrophic lateral sclerosis with cognitive impairment (ALSci), Argyrophilic grain dementia, Bluit disease, Corticobasal degeneration (CBD), Dementia pugilistica, Diffuse neurofibrillary tangles with calcification, Down's syndrome, Familial British dementia, Familial Danish dementia, Frontotemporal dementia with parkinsonism linked to chromosome 17 (FTDP- 17), Gerstmann-Straussler-Scheinker disease, Guadeloupean parkinsonism, Hallevorden-Spatz disease (neurodegeneration with brain iron accumulation type 1), Multiple system atrophy, Myotonic dystrophy, Niemann-Pick disease (type C), Pallido-ponto-nigral degeneration, Parkinsonism-dementia complex of Guam, Pick's disease (PiD), Post-encephalitic parkinsonism (PEP), Prion diseases (including Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease (CJD), Variant Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease (vCJD), Fatal Familial Insomnia, and Kuru), Progressive supercortical gliosis, Progressive supranuclear palsy (PSP), Richardson's syndrome, Subacute sclerosing panencephalitis, Tangle-only dementia, Huntington's disease, and Parkinson's disease.
26. The method of claim 24 wherein the stress is a cardiac disorder.
27. The method of claim 26 wherein the cardiac disorder is selected from one or more of the group consisting of ischemia; hemorrhage; hypovolemic shock; myocardial infarction; an interventional cardiology procedure; cardiac bypass surgery; fibrinolytic therapy; angioplasty; and stent placement.
28. The method of any one of claims 19 to 27 wherein R1 is H or C(O)CH3.
29. The method of any one of claims 19 to 28 wherein R2 is CH2F, CHF2, CF3, (CH2)2CH=CH2, (CH2)2CH=CHCH3, CH2OCH3, (CH2)2CF3, cyclopropylmethyl, phenyl, benzyl, NH2, NHCH3, NHCH2CH3, NH(CH2)2CH3, NH(CH2)3CH3, NHCH2CH=CH2, NHcyclopropyl, NHCH2CH2F, NHCH2CHF2, NHCH2CF3, NHCH2CH2OH, NHCH2CH2OC(O)CH3, N(CH3)2, N(CH3)(CH2CH3), NHOCH3, OCH3, or (CH2)2CH3.
30. The method of any one of claims 19 to 29 wherein R3 is OH, OC(O)CH3, N3, or NH2. 31. The method of any one of claims 19 to 27 wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of one or more of the compounds described in Table 2 and Table 3.
32. The method of any one of claims 19 to 31 wherein said administering increases the level of 0-GlcNAc in the subject.
33. The method of any one of claims 19 to 32 wherein the subject is a human. 34. Use of a compound of an effective amount of a compound of Formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof:
Figure imgf000110_0001
(I) wherein each R1 is independently a non-interfering substituent;
R2 is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OR4, NR4 2, and NR4OR4, each of which may be optionally substituted with a non-interfering substituent;
R3 is OR4, N3, or NR4 2; and each R4 is independently a non-interfering substituent, with the proviso that the compound of Formula (I) excludes the compounds described in Tables 2 and 3, in the preparation of a medicament.
35. The use of claim 34 wherein said medicament is for selectively inhibiting an O- GlcNAcase, for increasing the level of O-GlcNAc, for treating a condition modulated by an O-GlcNAcase, for treating a neurodegenerative disease, a tauopathy, a cancer, or stress.
36. A method for screening for a selective inhibitor of an O-GlcNAcase, the method comprising: a) contacting a first sample with a test compound; b) contacting a second sample with a compound of Formula (I)
Figure imgf000111_0001
(I) wherein each R1 is independently a non-interfering substituent;
R2 is alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, OR4, NR4 2, and NR4OR4, each of which may be optionally substituted with a non-interfering substituent;
R3 is OR4, N3, or NR4 2; and each R4 is independently a non-interfering substituent, c) determining the level of inhibition of the O-GlcNAcase in the first and second samples, wherein the test compound is a selective inhibitor of a O-GlcNAcase if the test compound exhibits the same or greater inhibition of the O-GlcNAcase when compared to the compound of Formula (I).
I l l
PCT/CA2007/001554 2006-08-31 2007-08-31 Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof WO2008025170A1 (en)

Priority Applications (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2007291870A AU2007291870B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2007-08-31 Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
EP07800577A EP2057171A4 (en) 2006-08-31 2007-08-31 Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
JP2009525881A JP5380293B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2007-08-31 Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US12/438,882 US8334310B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2007-08-31 Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
CA2661582A CA2661582C (en) 2006-08-31 2007-08-31 Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US13/591,927 US8962664B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2012-08-22 Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US84119606P 2006-08-31 2006-08-31
US60/841,196 2006-08-31
US89566307P 2007-03-19 2007-03-19
US60/895,663 2007-03-19

Related Child Applications (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/438,882 A-371-Of-International US8334310B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2007-08-31 Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US13/591,927 Continuation US8962664B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2012-08-22 Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2008025170A1 true WO2008025170A1 (en) 2008-03-06
WO2008025170B1 WO2008025170B1 (en) 2008-04-24

Family

ID=39135489

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CA2007/001554 WO2008025170A1 (en) 2006-08-31 2007-08-31 Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (2) US8334310B2 (en)
EP (2) EP2322529B1 (en)
JP (2) JP5380293B2 (en)
AU (1) AU2007291870B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2661582C (en)
WO (1) WO2008025170A1 (en)

Cited By (35)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2010012106A1 (en) 2008-08-01 2010-02-04 Simon Fraser University Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2012064680A1 (en) 2010-11-08 2012-05-18 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2012062157A1 (en) * 2010-11-08 2012-05-18 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol derivatives and uses thereof as selective glycosidase inhibitors
WO2012061927A1 (en) 2010-11-08 2012-05-18 Alectos Therapeutics, Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2012129802A1 (en) * 2011-03-31 2012-10-04 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol derivatives and uses as selective glycosidase inhibitors thereof
WO2012129651A1 (en) * 2011-03-31 2012-10-04 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2013000085A1 (en) 2011-06-27 2013-01-03 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2013000084A1 (en) 2011-06-27 2013-01-03 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2013000086A1 (en) * 2011-06-27 2013-01-03 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2013028715A1 (en) 2011-08-25 2013-02-28 Merck Patent Gmbh Pyrano [3, 2 - d] [1, 3] thiazole as glycosidase inhibitors
EP2655388A1 (en) * 2010-12-23 2013-10-30 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2013166654A1 (en) * 2012-05-08 2013-11-14 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Permeable glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2013169576A1 (en) 2012-05-08 2013-11-14 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Permeable glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
EP2688899A1 (en) * 2011-03-24 2014-01-29 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2014032185A1 (en) 2012-08-31 2014-03-06 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2014159234A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-10-02 Merck Patent Gmbh Glycosidase inhibitors
US8901087B2 (en) 2010-11-08 2014-12-02 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US8962664B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2015-02-24 Simon Fraser University Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2015123385A1 (en) * 2014-02-12 2015-08-20 Amicus Therapeutics, Inc. Sugar derivatives comprising sulfur-containing moieties and methods of making same and methods of using the same for the treatment of mps iiic
US9695197B2 (en) 2012-10-31 2017-07-04 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2017144633A1 (en) 2016-02-25 2017-08-31 Asceneuron S. A. Glycosidase inhibitors
WO2017144639A1 (en) 2016-02-25 2017-08-31 Asceneuron S. A. Glycosidase inhibitors
US9809537B2 (en) 2012-08-31 2017-11-07 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2018153507A1 (en) 2017-02-24 2018-08-30 Asceneuron S.A. Substituted dihydrobenzofuran glycosidase inhibitors
WO2019037860A1 (en) 2017-08-24 2019-02-28 Asceneuron S.A. Linear glycosidase inhibitors
WO2019037861A1 (en) 2017-08-24 2019-02-28 Asceneuron S.A. Annulated glycosidase inhibitors
US10336775B2 (en) 2014-08-28 2019-07-02 Asceneuron Sa Glycosidase inhibitors
WO2020039028A1 (en) 2018-08-22 2020-02-27 Asceneuron S. A. Tetrahydro-benzoazepine glycosidase inhibitors
WO2020039027A1 (en) 2018-08-22 2020-02-27 Asceneuron S. A. Pyrrolidine glycosidase inhibitors
WO2020039029A1 (en) 2018-08-22 2020-02-27 Asceneuron S. A. Spiro compounds as glycosidase inhibitors
US10696668B2 (en) 2016-02-25 2020-06-30 Asceneuron Sa Acid addition salts of piperazine derivatives
WO2020169804A1 (en) 2019-02-22 2020-08-27 Asceneuron Sa Fused glycosidase inhibitors
US11261183B2 (en) 2016-02-25 2022-03-01 Asceneuron Sa Sulfoximine glycosidase inhibitors
WO2023280381A1 (en) 2021-07-05 2023-01-12 Asceneuron Sa Medicaments comprising glycosidase inhibitors
WO2024083820A1 (en) 2022-10-18 2024-04-25 Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale Method and composition for determining the level of o-glcnacylation in horses

Families Citing this family (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP5154954B2 (en) * 2005-03-01 2013-02-27 サイモン フレイザー ユニバーシティ Selective glycosidase inhibitors, methods of making inhibitors, and use of inhibitors
AU2009276223B2 (en) * 2008-08-01 2015-04-02 Simon Fraser University Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
EP2569291B1 (en) 2010-05-11 2016-04-06 Simon Fraser University Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2012014786A1 (en) * 2010-07-30 2012-02-02 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Semicondcutor device and manufacturing method thereof
EP2744338B1 (en) * 2011-08-18 2016-04-27 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US20150010527A1 (en) 2012-02-01 2015-01-08 Protalix Ltd. Dnase i polypeptides, polynucleotides encoding same, methods of producing dnase i and uses thereof in therapy
WO2014100934A1 (en) 2012-12-24 2014-07-03 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US20160017021A1 (en) 2013-03-06 2016-01-21 Protalix Ltd. TNF alpha INHIBITOR POLYPEPTIDES, POLYNUCLEOTIDES ENCODING SAME, CELLS EXPRESSING SAME AND METHODS OF PRODUCING SAME
WO2016025790A1 (en) * 2014-08-15 2016-02-18 The Johns Hopkins University Use of uap inhibitors to inhibit flux through the hexosamine biosynthetic pathway
JPWO2016056204A1 (en) * 2014-10-10 2017-07-13 株式会社Ｊｏｌｅｄ THIN FILM TRANSISTOR SUBSTRATE, METHOD FOR PRODUCING THIN FILM TRANSISTOR SUBSTRATE, AND DISPLAY PANEL

Family Cites Families (29)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS423200Y1 (en) 1964-02-21 1967-02-24
JPH01180894A (en) 1988-01-07 1989-07-18 Wako Pure Chem Ind Ltd Novel production of amino sugar derivative
JPH023200A (en) 1988-06-10 1990-01-08 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Test circuit for semiconductor integrated circuit device
JPH07316178A (en) 1994-05-25 1995-12-05 Sankyo Co Ltd Glycoaminooxazolines
JPH09132585A (en) 1995-11-10 1997-05-20 Shin Etsu Chem Co Ltd Production of new amino sugar, chitooligasccharide and its analogous oligosaccharide
CA2373183C (en) 1999-05-11 2009-12-08 The Scripps Research Institute Iminocyclitol inhibitors of hexoaminidase and glycosidase
US6774140B1 (en) * 1999-05-11 2004-08-10 The Scripps Research Institute Iminocyclitol inhibitors of hexoaminidase and glycosidase
JP4233262B2 (en) 2001-03-14 2009-03-04 生化学工業株式会社 Carbasugar amine derivatives and glycosidase inhibitors using the same
EP1371733B1 (en) 2001-03-14 2011-05-11 Denki Kagaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Process for producing hyaluronic acid or its derivative
JP4866515B2 (en) 2001-07-02 2012-02-01 生化学工業株式会社 Method for producing sugar oxazoline derivative
EP1633356A1 (en) 2003-05-22 2006-03-15 The Hospital for Sick Children Treatment of tay sachs or sandhoff diseases by enhancing hexosaminidase activity
CN1548053A (en) 2003-05-23 2004-11-24 华晶基因技术有限公司 New use of baicalin as medicine for treating anxiety neurosis
US20070197471A1 (en) 2004-01-20 2007-08-23 Optimer Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Treatment of degenerative cartilage conditions in a mammal with Glycosidasc Inhibitors
WO2006016904A2 (en) 2004-04-14 2006-02-16 Uab Research Foundation Activators of hexosamine biosynthesis as inhibitors of injury induced by ischemia or hemorrhagic shock
JP5154954B2 (en) 2005-03-01 2013-02-27 サイモン フレイザー ユニバーシティ Selective glycosidase inhibitors, methods of making inhibitors, and use of inhibitors
JP5380293B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2014-01-08 サイモン・フレーザー・ユニバーシティ Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
CA2732335A1 (en) 2008-08-01 2010-02-04 Simon Fraser University Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
AU2009276223B2 (en) 2008-08-01 2015-04-02 Simon Fraser University Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US20110301217A1 (en) 2008-09-16 2011-12-08 David Jaro Vocadlo Selective Glycosidase Inhibitors and Uses Thereof
EP2569291B1 (en) 2010-05-11 2016-04-06 Simon Fraser University Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2012061927A1 (en) 2010-11-08 2012-05-18 Alectos Therapeutics, Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2012061971A1 (en) 2010-11-08 2012-05-18 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2012061972A1 (en) 2010-11-08 2012-05-18 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2012083435A1 (en) 2010-12-23 2012-06-28 Alectos Therapeutics, Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
EP2688899B1 (en) 2011-03-24 2017-02-22 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
EP2691407B1 (en) 2011-03-31 2017-02-22 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
KR102054744B1 (en) 2011-06-27 2019-12-11 알렉토스 테라퓨틱스 인크. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US9199949B2 (en) 2011-06-27 2015-12-01 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2013000086A1 (en) 2011-06-27 2013-01-03 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof

Non-Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
KANPP ET AL., SYNLETT, May 1997 (1997-05-01), pages 435 - 436, XP008104081 *
KANPP ET AL.: "Tautomeric Modification of GlcNAc-Thiazoline", ORGANIC LETTERS, vol. 9, no. 12, 2007, pages 2321 - 2324, XP008104071 *
MACAULEY ET AL.: "O-GlcNAcase Uses Substrate-assisted Catalysis", JOURNAL OF BIOLOGICAL CHEMISTRY, vol. 280, no. 27, 2005, pages 25313 - 25322, XP008104070 *
See also references of EP2057171A4 *

Cited By (86)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8962664B2 (en) 2006-08-31 2015-02-24 Simon Fraser University Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US8541441B2 (en) 2008-08-01 2013-09-24 Simon Fraser University Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2010012106A1 (en) 2008-08-01 2010-02-04 Simon Fraser University Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
EP2638052A1 (en) * 2010-11-08 2013-09-18 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2012064680A1 (en) 2010-11-08 2012-05-18 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2012062157A1 (en) * 2010-11-08 2012-05-18 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol derivatives and uses thereof as selective glycosidase inhibitors
WO2012061927A1 (en) 2010-11-08 2012-05-18 Alectos Therapeutics, Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
EP2638052A4 (en) * 2010-11-08 2014-04-02 Alectos Therapeutics Inc Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US8901087B2 (en) 2010-11-08 2014-12-02 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US8933040B2 (en) 2010-11-08 2015-01-13 Craig A. Coburn Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
EP2655388A4 (en) * 2010-12-23 2014-06-18 Alectos Therapeutics Inc Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US9243020B2 (en) 2010-12-23 2016-01-26 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
EP2655388A1 (en) * 2010-12-23 2013-10-30 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
KR101979036B1 (en) * 2010-12-23 2019-05-15 알렉토스 테라퓨틱스 인크. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US9815861B2 (en) 2010-12-23 2017-11-14 Alectos Therapeutics, Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
RU2609210C2 (en) * 2010-12-23 2017-01-31 Алектос Терапьютикс Инк. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and use thereof
KR20140041406A (en) * 2010-12-23 2014-04-04 알렉토스 테라퓨틱스 인크. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
EP2688899A1 (en) * 2011-03-24 2014-01-29 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US8927507B2 (en) 2011-03-24 2015-01-06 Ernest J. McEachern Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
EP2688899A4 (en) * 2011-03-24 2014-08-27 Alectos Therapeutics Inc Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US9718854B2 (en) 2011-03-31 2017-08-01 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2012129651A1 (en) * 2011-03-31 2012-10-04 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2012129802A1 (en) * 2011-03-31 2012-10-04 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Pyrano[3,2-d]thiazol derivatives and uses as selective glycosidase inhibitors thereof
WO2013000086A1 (en) * 2011-06-27 2013-01-03 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US9701693B2 (en) 2011-06-27 2017-07-11 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
RU2625308C2 (en) * 2011-06-27 2017-07-13 Алектос Терапьютикс Инк. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and their application
EP2723753A4 (en) * 2011-06-27 2014-11-26 Alectos Therapeutics Inc Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
EP2723753A1 (en) * 2011-06-27 2014-04-30 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
KR20140043125A (en) * 2011-06-27 2014-04-08 알렉토스 테라퓨틱스 인크. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
KR102054744B1 (en) 2011-06-27 2019-12-11 알렉토스 테라퓨틱스 인크. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US9199949B2 (en) 2011-06-27 2015-12-01 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2013000084A1 (en) 2011-06-27 2013-01-03 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US9409924B2 (en) 2011-06-27 2016-08-09 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2013000085A1 (en) 2011-06-27 2013-01-03 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US9469657B2 (en) 2011-08-25 2016-10-18 Merck Patent Gmbh Glycosidase inhibitors
WO2013028715A1 (en) 2011-08-25 2013-02-28 Merck Patent Gmbh Pyrano [3, 2 - d] [1, 3] thiazole as glycosidase inhibitors
KR102008032B1 (en) 2011-08-25 2019-08-06 메르크 파텐트 게엠베하 Pyrano[3,2-d][1,3]thiazole as glycosidase inhibitors
EA022562B1 (en) * 2011-08-25 2016-01-29 Мерк Патент Гмбх Pyrano[3,2-d][1,3]thiazole as glycosidase inhibitors
KR20140054007A (en) * 2011-08-25 2014-05-08 메르크 파텐트 게엠베하 Pyrano[3,2-d][1,3]thiazole as glycosidase inhibitors
AU2012298949B2 (en) * 2011-08-25 2016-09-22 Merck Patent Gmbh Pyrano [3, 2 - D] [1, 3] thiazole as glycosidase inhibitors
US8884023B2 (en) 2011-08-25 2014-11-11 Merck Patent Gmbh Pyrano [3,2-D][1,3]thiazole as glycosidase inhibitors
KR20150006841A (en) * 2012-05-08 2015-01-19 머크 샤프 앤드 돔 코포레이션 Permeable glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
KR102108586B1 (en) 2012-05-08 2020-05-07 머크 샤프 앤드 돔 코포레이션 Permeable glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2013169576A1 (en) 2012-05-08 2013-11-14 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Permeable glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US9611275B2 (en) 2012-05-08 2017-04-04 Alectos Therapeutics, Inc. Permeable glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
RU2707292C2 (en) * 2012-05-08 2019-11-26 Мерк Шарп И Доум Корп. Permeable glycosidase inhibitors and use thereof
CN104395323A (en) * 2012-05-08 2015-03-04 默沙东公司 Permeable glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
JP2015516420A (en) * 2012-05-08 2015-06-11 メルク・シャープ・アンド・ドーム・コーポレーションＭｅｒｃｋ Ｓｈａｒｐ ＆ Ｄｏｈｍｅ Ｃｏｒｐ． Permeable glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2013166654A1 (en) * 2012-05-08 2013-11-14 Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. Permeable glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US9670195B2 (en) 2012-08-31 2017-06-06 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
WO2014032185A1 (en) 2012-08-31 2014-03-06 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US9809537B2 (en) 2012-08-31 2017-11-07 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US9695197B2 (en) 2012-10-31 2017-07-04 Alectos Therapeutics Inc. Glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US10301299B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2019-05-28 Merck Patent Gmbh Glycosidase inhibitors
WO2014159234A1 (en) 2013-03-14 2014-10-02 Merck Patent Gmbh Glycosidase inhibitors
US9879001B2 (en) 2013-03-14 2018-01-30 Merck Patent Gmbh Glycosidase inhibitors
CN105992758B (en) * 2014-02-12 2021-08-31 阿米库斯治疗学公司 Sugar derivatives comprising sulfur-containing moieties and methods of making and using them to treat MPS IIIC
CN105992758A (en) * 2014-02-12 2016-10-05 阿米库斯治疗学公司 Sugar derivatives comprising sulfur-containing moieties and methods of making same and methods of using the same for the treatment of mps iiic
US9598438B2 (en) 2014-02-12 2017-03-21 Amicus Therapeutics, Inc. Sugar derivatives comprising sulfur-containing moieties and methods of making same and methods of using the same for the treatment of MPS IIIC
WO2015123385A1 (en) * 2014-02-12 2015-08-20 Amicus Therapeutics, Inc. Sugar derivatives comprising sulfur-containing moieties and methods of making same and methods of using the same for the treatment of mps iiic
AU2015217172B2 (en) * 2014-02-12 2019-09-19 Amicus Therapeutics, Inc. Sugar derivatives comprising sulfur-containing moieties and methods of making same and methods of using the same for the treatment of MPS IIIC
EP3868752A1 (en) 2014-08-28 2021-08-25 Asceneuron SA Glycosidase inhibitors
US11046712B2 (en) 2014-08-28 2021-06-29 Asceneuron Sa Glycosidase inhibitors
US10336775B2 (en) 2014-08-28 2019-07-02 Asceneuron Sa Glycosidase inhibitors
WO2017144633A1 (en) 2016-02-25 2017-08-31 Asceneuron S. A. Glycosidase inhibitors
US10995090B2 (en) 2016-02-25 2021-05-04 Asceneuron Sa Substituted dihydrobenzofuran glycosidase inhibitors
US10556902B2 (en) 2016-02-25 2020-02-11 Asceneuron Sa Glycosidase inhibitors
US11612599B2 (en) 2016-02-25 2023-03-28 Asceneuron Sa Glycosidase inhibitors
US11591327B2 (en) 2016-02-25 2023-02-28 Asceneuron Sa Acid addition salts of piperazine derivatives
US11261183B2 (en) 2016-02-25 2022-03-01 Asceneuron Sa Sulfoximine glycosidase inhibitors
WO2017144639A1 (en) 2016-02-25 2017-08-31 Asceneuron S. A. Glycosidase inhibitors
US10696668B2 (en) 2016-02-25 2020-06-30 Asceneuron Sa Acid addition salts of piperazine derivatives
WO2018153508A2 (en) 2017-02-24 2018-08-30 Asceneuron S.A. Sulfoximine glycosidase inhibitors
WO2018153507A1 (en) 2017-02-24 2018-08-30 Asceneuron S.A. Substituted dihydrobenzofuran glycosidase inhibitors
US11213525B2 (en) 2017-08-24 2022-01-04 Asceneuron Sa Linear glycosidase inhibitors
WO2019037860A1 (en) 2017-08-24 2019-02-28 Asceneuron S.A. Linear glycosidase inhibitors
WO2019037861A1 (en) 2017-08-24 2019-02-28 Asceneuron S.A. Annulated glycosidase inhibitors
US11731972B2 (en) 2018-08-22 2023-08-22 Asceneuron Sa Spiro compounds as glycosidase inhibitors
WO2020039029A1 (en) 2018-08-22 2020-02-27 Asceneuron S. A. Spiro compounds as glycosidase inhibitors
WO2020039027A1 (en) 2018-08-22 2020-02-27 Asceneuron S. A. Pyrrolidine glycosidase inhibitors
WO2020039028A1 (en) 2018-08-22 2020-02-27 Asceneuron S. A. Tetrahydro-benzoazepine glycosidase inhibitors
US11795165B2 (en) 2018-08-22 2023-10-24 Asceneuron Sa Tetrahydro-benzoazepine glycosidase inhibitors
US12016852B2 (en) 2018-08-22 2024-06-25 Asceneuron Sa Pyrrolidine glycosidase inhibitors
WO2020169804A1 (en) 2019-02-22 2020-08-27 Asceneuron Sa Fused glycosidase inhibitors
WO2023280381A1 (en) 2021-07-05 2023-01-12 Asceneuron Sa Medicaments comprising glycosidase inhibitors
WO2024083820A1 (en) 2022-10-18 2024-04-25 Institut National de la Santé et de la Recherche Médicale Method and composition for determining the level of o-glcnacylation in horses

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2010501598A (en) 2010-01-21
WO2008025170B1 (en) 2008-04-24
US8962664B2 (en) 2015-02-24
US20100016386A1 (en) 2010-01-21
US20120316207A1 (en) 2012-12-13
EP2322529B1 (en) 2017-12-06
CA2661582A1 (en) 2008-03-06
EP2057171A4 (en) 2010-04-21
CA2661582C (en) 2015-09-29
AU2007291870A1 (en) 2008-03-06
US8334310B2 (en) 2012-12-18
JP5771237B2 (en) 2015-08-26
EP2322529A1 (en) 2011-05-18
JP2013213037A (en) 2013-10-17
AU2007291870B2 (en) 2012-12-06
JP5380293B2 (en) 2014-01-08
EP2057171A1 (en) 2009-05-13

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US8962664B2 (en) Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US9815861B2 (en) Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
EP2569291B1 (en) Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
AU2009276222B2 (en) Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
US9079868B2 (en) Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
EP2638052B1 (en) Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
EP2688899B1 (en) Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
EP2691407B1 (en) Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
EP2744338B1 (en) Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof
CA2737267A1 (en) Selective glycosidase inhibitors and uses thereof

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 200780040905.X

Country of ref document: CN

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 07800577

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2661582

Country of ref document: CA

Ref document number: 2007291870

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2009525881

Country of ref document: JP

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2007800577

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 536/MUMNP/2009

Country of ref document: IN

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: RU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 12438882

Country of ref document: US